Attached files

file filename
EX-4.26 - EX-(4)-26 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv4w26.htm
EX-4.25 - EX-(4)-25 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv4w25.htm
EX-4.23 - EX-(4)-23 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv4w23.htm
EX-4.24 - EX-(4)-24 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv4w24.htm
EX-10.29 - EX-(10)-29 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv10w29.htm
EX-99 - EX-99 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv99.htm
EX-23 - EX-23 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv23.htm
EX-21 - EX-21 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv21.htm
EX-32 - EX-32 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv32.htm
EX-31 - EX-31 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv31.htm
EX-10.31 - EX-(10)-31 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv10w31.htm
EX-10.30 - EX-(10)-30 - SUPERIOR BANCORPg22315exv10w30.htm
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)
   
 
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from                 to                
Commission file number 0-25033
 
SUPERIOR BANCORP
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  63-1201350
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
17 North 20th Street
Birmingham, Alabama
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  35203
(Zip Code)
 
(205) 327-1400
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each Class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
  NASDAQ Global Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:  (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes o     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.) Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2009, based on a closing price of $2.61 per share of common stock, was $23,029,643.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date: the number of shares outstanding as of March 3, 2010, of the registrant’s only issued and outstanding class of common stock, its $.001 per share par value common stock, was 11,687,406.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
The information set forth under Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Report is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2010 annual meeting of stockholders that will be filed no later than April 30, 2010.
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
       
      Business     2  
      Risk Factors     15  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     20  
      Properties     20  
      Legal Proceedings     21  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     21  
       
PART II        
      Market for The Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     21  
      Selected Financial Data     25  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     27  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     83  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     83  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     157  
      Controls and Procedures     157  
      Other Information     159  
       
PART III        
      Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     159  
 
Item 11.
    Executive Compensation     159  
 
Item 12.
    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     159  
 
Item 13.
    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     159  
 
Item 14.
    Principal Accounting Fees and Services     159  
       
PART IV        
      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     159  
    164  
 EX-(4)-23
 EX-(4)-24
 EX-(4)-25
 EX-(4)-26
 EX-(10)-29
 EX-(10)-30
 EX-(10)-31
 EX-21
 EX-23
 EX-31
 EX-32
 EX-99


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   Business.
 
General
 
Superior Bancorp is a Delaware-chartered nondiversified unitary savings and loan holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. We offer a broad range of banking and related services in 73 locations in Alabama and Florida through Superior Bank, our principal subsidiary. Superior Bank’s consumer finance subsidiaries operate an additional 24 consumer finance offices in North Alabama. We had assets of approximately $3.222 billion, loans of approximately $2.473 billion, deposits of approximately $2.657 billion and stockholders’ equity of approximately $191.7 million at December 31, 2009. Our principal executive offices are located at 17 North 20th Street, Birmingham, Alabama 35203, and our telephone number is (205) 327-1400.
 
We were founded in 1997 and completed our initial public offering in December 1998. Beginning in the fall of 1998, we grew through the acquisition of various financial institutions in Alabama and Florida.
 
In January 2005, we began the transition from our founding management team to a new senior management team composed of veteran bankers with a strong track record and a history of enhancing stockholder value. During the remainder of 2005, we completed that management transition.
 
During 2006 and 2007, we expanded our franchise with three strategic acquisitions. On August 31, 2006, we entered the Tampa, Florida market when we acquired Kensington Bankshares, Inc. (“Kensington”) and its subsidiary, First Kensington Bank. On November 7, 2006, we increased our market presence in North Alabama by acquiring Community Bancshares, Inc. (“Community”) and its subsidiary, Community Bank. On July 27, 2007, we acquired People’s Community Bancshares, Inc. (“People’s”) and its subsidiary, People’s Community Bank of the West Coast, adding three branches in Sarasota and Manatee Counties in Florida to our franchise.
 
Strategy
 
Operations.  We focus our services on small to medium-sized businesses, as well as professionals and individuals, emphasizing our local decision-making, effective response time and personalized service. As a result, we conduct our business on a decentralized basis with respect to deposit gathering and most credit decisions, utilizing local knowledge and authority to make these decisions. We supplement this decentralized management approach with centralized loan administration, policy oversight, credit review, audit, legal, asset/liability management, data processing, human resources and risk management systems. We implement these standardized administrative and operational policies at each of our locations while retaining local management and advisory directors to capitalize on their knowledge of the local community.
 
Products and Services.  Superior Bank provides a wide range of retail and small business services, including noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking, savings and money market accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. In addition, Superior Bank offers an extensive array of consumer, small business, residential real estate and commercial real estate loan products. Other financial services include annuities, automated teller machines, debit cards, credit-related life and disability insurance, safety deposit boxes, Internet banking, bill payment and telephone banking. Superior Bank attracts primary banking relationships through the customer-oriented service environment created by Superior Bank’s personnel combined with competitive financial products.
 
Superior Bank also owns two consumer finance companies, Superior Financial Services, LLC and 1st Community Credit Corporation as well as Superior Financial Management, Inc. which provides investment and insurance products. The finance companies generally provide smaller loans to a market segment traditionally not pursued by Superior Bank. These loans typically involve greater risk and generate higher yields than standard bank loans. We believe that, by conducting this business, we reach a customer base not served by our banking operations.
 
Market Areas.  Superior Bancorp is headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. Our primary markets are located in northern and central Alabama and in the panhandle and west coast of Florida.


2


Table of Contents

Superior Bank has branches in:
 
             
Alabama(45)
     
Florida(28)
   
 
Albertville
  Andalusia   Altha   Apalachicola
Arab
  Athens   Beverly Hills   Blountstown
Birmingham
  Blountsville   Bradenton   Bristol
Chelsea
  Childersburg   Brooksville   Clearwater
Cleveland
  Cullman   Dunnellon   Homosassa
Decatur
  Elkmont   Inverness   Marianna
Falkville
  Gadsden   New Port Richey   Palm Harbor
Gardendale
  Guntersville   Panama City   Port Richey
Gurley
  Haleyville   Port St. Joe   Sarasota
Hamilton
  Hartselle   Spring Hill   Sun City Center(4)
Hoover(2)
  Huntsville(3)   Tallahassee(2)   Tampa(2)
Madison(2)
  Meridianville   Wesley Chapel    
Monroeville
  Montgomery        
Mountain Brook
  New Hope        
Oneonta(2)
  Opp        
Pelham
  Rainbow City        
Rogersville
  Samson        
Snead
  Sylacauga        
Trussville
  Uniontown        
Warrior(2)
           
 
Superior Bank’s finance companies have 24 offices in Albertville, Anniston, Arab, Attalla, Athens, Boaz, Cullman (2), Decatur, Florence, Fort Payne, Gadsden, Gardendale, Hartselle, Huntsville (2), Jasper (2), Moody, Northport, Oneonta, Oxford, Pell City and Talladega, Alabama.
 
Growth.  Our future growth depends primarily on the expansion of the business of our primary wholly owned subsidiary, Superior Bank. That expansion will depend on internal growth and the opening of new branch offices in new and existing markets. Superior Bank may also continue to engage in the strategic acquisition of other financial institutions and branches that have relatively high earnings and low-cost deposits or that we believe to have exceptional growth potential, such as the acquisitions completed in 2006 and 2007. Our ability to increase profitability and to grow internally depends primarily on our ability to attract and retain low-cost core deposits while continuing to generate high-yielding, quality loans. Our ability to grow profitably through the opening or acquisition of new branches will depend primarily on, among other things, our ability to identify growing markets and branch locations within such markets that will enable us to attract the necessary deposits to operate such branches profitably, and identify lending and investment opportunities within such markets.
 
We periodically evaluate business combination opportunities and conduct discussions, due diligence activities and negotiations in connection with those opportunities. As a result, we may pursue business combination transactions involving cash, debt or equity securities from time to time. Any future business combination or series of business combinations that we might undertake may be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations in terms of assets acquired or liabilities assumed. Any future acquisition is subject to approval by the appropriate regulatory agencies. See “Supervision and Regulation.”
 
Operating Segments
 
Our operations are managed along two reportable operating segments consisting of the geographical regions of Alabama and Florida. See the sections captioned “Results of Segment Operations” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 26 — Segment Reporting in the notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, which are located elsewhere in this report.


3


Table of Contents

Lending Activities
 
General.  We offer various lending services, including real estate, consumer and commercial loans, primarily to businesses and other organizations and individuals that are located in or conduct a substantial portion of their business in our market areas. Our total loans at December 31, 2009 were $2.473 billion, or 85.4% of total earning assets. The interest rates we charge on loans vary with the risk, maturity and amount of the loan and are subject to competitive pressures, money market rates, availability of funds and government regulations. We do not have any foreign loans or loans for highly leveraged transactions.
 
The lending activities of Superior Bank are subject to our written underwriting policy and loan origination procedures established by Superior Bank’s Board of Directors and management. Loan originations are obtained from a variety of sources, including referrals, existing customers, walk-in customers and advertising. Loan applications are initially processed by loan officers who have approval authority up to designated limits.
 
We use generally recognized loan underwriting criteria, and attempt to minimize credit losses through various means. In particular, on larger credits, we generally rely on the cash flow of a debtor as the primary source of repayment and secondarily on the value of the underlying collateral. In addition, we attempt to utilize shorter loan terms in order to reduce the risk of a decline in the value of such collateral. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 72% of our loan portfolio consisted of loans that had variable interest rates or matured within one year.
 
We address repayment risks by adhering to internal credit policies and procedures that include officer and customer lending limits, a multi-layered loan approval process that includes senior management of Superior Bank and Superior Bancorp for larger loans, periodic documentation examination and follow-up procedures for any exceptions to credit policies. The level in our loan approval process at which a loan is approved depends on the size of the borrower’s overall credit relationship with Superior Bank.
 
Loan Portfolio
 
The following is a summary of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Amount     Percent  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 213,329       8.62 %
Real estate:
               
Construction and land development
               
Residential development — Alabama
    163,978       6.62 %
                                             — Florida
    129,590       5.24 %
                                             — Other
    7,856       0.32 %
                 
Total residential development
    301,424       12.18 %
                 
Commercial development — Alabama
    102,339       4.13 %
                                            — Florida
    265,767       10.74 %
                                            — Other
    10,915       0.44 %
                 
Total commercial development
    379,021       15.31 %
                 
Total construction and land development
    680,445       27.49 %
                 
Single-family mortgages
    691,364       27.93 %
Nonresidential mortgages
    830,698       33.55 %
                 
Total real estate portfolio
    2,202,507       88.97 %
                 
Consumer
    58,785       2.37 %
Other
    969       0.04 %
                 
Total loans
  $ 2,475,590       100.00 %
                 


4


Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio is our largest earning asset category. Loans secured by both residential and commercial real estate are a significant component of our loan portfolio, constituting $2.203 billion, or 89.0% of total loans, at December 31, 2009.
 
Nonresidential Mortgage Loans.  At December 31, 2009, $830.7 million, or 33.6% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of non-residential mortgage loans. Our commercial real estate loans primarily provide financing for income-producing properties such as shopping centers, multi-family complexes and office buildings and for owner-occupied properties (primarily light industrial facilities and office buildings). These loans are underwritten with loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios ranging, on average, from 65% to 85% based upon the type of property being financed and the financial strength of the borrower. For owner-occupied commercial buildings, we underwrite the financial capability of the owner, with an 85% maximum LTV ratio. For income-producing improved real estate, we underwrite based on the strength of the leases, especially those of any anchor tenants, with minimum debt service coverage of 1.2:1 and an 85% maximum LTV ratio. While evaluation of collateral is an essential part of the underwriting process for these loans, repayment ability is determined from analysis of the borrower’s earnings and cash flow. Terms are typically 3 to 5 years and may have payments through the date of maturity based on a 15- to 30-year amortization schedule. As of December 31, 2009, owner-occupied properties comprised approximately 28.4%, or $236.2 million, of total nonresidential mortgage loans, of which $128.2 million were located in the Florida Region and the remaining amount located primarily in the Alabama Region. Non-owner occupied properties are primarily in the office, hospitality, and retail sectors and totaled approximately $118.0 million, or 14.2% of nonresidential mortgage loans, $98.7 million, or 11.9% of nonresidential mortgage loans, and $82.6 million, or 9.9% of nonresidential mortgages, respectively, at December 31, 2009. Geographically, 74.9% of the office sector, 88.5% of the hospitality sector, and 55.9% of the retail sector were located in the Florida Region, with the remaining portfolio in the Alabama Region.
 
Single-Family Mortgage Loans.  At December 31, 2009, $691.4 million, or 27.9% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of single-family mortgage loans. Single-family mortgage loans are loans that are traditionally secured by first or second liens on 1-4 family properties. At December 31, 2009, single-family mortgage loans secured by first liens accounted for $556.9 million, or 22.5% of total loans. Home equity products totaled $134.5 million, or 5.4% of total loans. Home equity products are also centrally underwritten with strict adherence to internal loan policy guidelines to ensure that borrowers have appropriate credit ratings and capacity to repay and that adequate collateral or LTV is obtained.
 
Construction and Land Development Loans.  We make loans to finance the construction of and improvements to single-family and multi-family housing and commercial structures as well as loans for land development. At December 31, 2009, $680.4 million, or 27.5% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of such loans. Within this portfolio, approximately $301.4 million, or 44.3%, was related to residential development and construction. Of the residential construction loans, 57.0% were located in the Alabama Region with the remainder located in the Florida Region. The largest category in the residential development and construction portfolio was related to the development of single-family lots and undeveloped land held for future residential development. These categories represent approximately $203.0 million, or 67.4%, of this portfolio with the remaining $98.4 million relative to the vertical construction of residential properties. An important component of the vertical construction segment is the single-family spec home construction loans. For these loans management closely monitors the aging of the builders’ spec home inventories to ensure turnover and to enable management to look for early signs of weakness within our markets. Spec homes that are 100% complete and remain in inventory for over nine months after completion are considered aged spec homes. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $21.1 million (76 homes with an approximate average loan balance of $275,000) were classified as aged.
 
For construction loans related to income-producing properties, the underwriting criteria are the same as outlined above under the heading, “Nonresidential Mortgage Loans.” Loans for this category accounted for $228.8 million, or 60.4% of the total commercial construction and land development loans. Geographically, approximately 70.1% of this total category was located in the Florida Region, with the remaining loans located primarily in the Alabama Region. The three largest sectors within this category were retail, hotel/motel and office buildings which collectively accounted for approximately $158.9 million, or 41.9% of the total commercial construction loans. Individually, the retail construction loans accounted for the largest sector, with approximately $64.1 million, or 16.9%, hotel/motel building loans accounted for approximately $61.9 million, or 16.3%, and


5


Table of Contents

office construction loans accounted for approximately $32.9 million, or 8.7% of the total commercial construction. Approximately 87.1% of these three sectors were located in the Florida Region, with the remainder primarily located in the Alabama Region.
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans.  We make loans for commercial purposes in various lines of business. These loans are typically made on terms up to five years at fixed or variable rates and are secured by eligible accounts receivable, inventory or equipment. We attempt to reduce our credit risk on commercial loans by limiting the loan-to-value ratio to 80% on loans secured by eligible accounts receivable, 50% on loans secured by inventory and 75% on loans secured by equipment. Commercial and industrial loans comprised approximately $213.3 million, or 8.6% of our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2009. We also, from time to time, make unsecured commercial loans based on the cash flow of the business.
 
Consumer Loans.  Our consumer portfolio includes installment loans to individuals in our market areas and consists primarily of loans to purchase automobiles, recreational vehicles, mobile homes and consumer goods. Consumer loans comprised approximately $58.8 million, or 2.4% of our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2009. Consumer loans are underwritten based on the borrower’s income, current debt, credit history and collateral. Terms generally range from one to six years on automobile loans and one to three years on other consumer loans.
 
Credit Review and Procedures
 
There are credit risks associated with making any loan. These include repayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. In particular, longer maturities increase the risk that economic conditions will change and adversely affect collectability.
 
We have a loan review process designed to promote early identification of credit quality problems. We employ a risk rating system that assigns to each loan a rating that corresponds to its perceived credit risk. Risk ratings are the primary responsibility of the loan officer, and are subject to independent review by a centralized loan review department, which also performs ongoing, independent review and evaluation of the risk management process, including underwriting, documentation and collateral control. Regular reports are made to senior management and the Board of Directors regarding credit quality as measured by assigned risk ratings and other measures, including, but not limited to, the level of past due percentages and nonperforming assets. The loan review function is centralized and independent of the lending function.
 
Deposits and Other Funding
 
At December 31, 2009, our deposits totaled $2.657 billion which consisted of approximately 88.0% in direct customer deposits, 2.8% of wholesale money market deposits and 9.2% of brokered certificates of deposits. Core deposits are our principal source of funds, constituting approximately 71.1% of our total deposits as of December 31, 2009. Core deposits consist of demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and certificates of deposit (excluding certificates of deposits over $100,000). Transaction accounts include checking, money market and NOW accounts that provide Superior Bank with a source of fee income and cross-marketing opportunities, as well as a low-cost source of funds. Time and savings accounts also provide a relatively stable and low-cost source of funding. The largest source of funds for Superior Bank is certificates of deposit. Certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 are approximately $758.6 million, or 28.6% of our deposits, of which, approximately $244.9 million consist of wholesale, or “brokered,” certificates of deposits, at December 31, 2009.
 
Our other primary source of funds is advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). These advances are secured by FHLB stock, agency securities and a blanket lien on certain residential and commercial real estate loans. We also have available unused federal funds lines of credit with regional banks, subject to certain restrictions and collateral requirements and may borrow from the discount window at the Federal Reserve Bank.
 
Deposit rates are set periodically by our internal Asset/Liability Management Committee, which includes certain members of senior management. We believe our rates are competitive with those offered by competing institutions in our market areas.


6


Table of Contents

Competition
 
The banking industry is highly competitive, and our profitability depends principally upon our ability to compete in our market areas. In our market areas, we face competition from both super-regional banks and smaller community banks, as well as non-bank financial services companies. We encounter strong competition both in making loans and attracting deposits. Superior Bank is now the second largest bank headquartered in Alabama and the largest community bank in Alabama. We fully anticipate being the beneficiary of the unsettled market conditions these changes have brought and will bring to the affected organizations in our markets. Competition among financial institutions is based upon interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans and other credit and service charges. Customers also consider the quality and scope of the services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities and, in the case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. Customers may also take into account the fact that other banks offer different services. Many of the large super-regional banks against which we compete have significantly greater lending limits and may offer additional products; however, we believe we have been able to compete effectively with other financial institutions, regardless of their size, by emphasizing customer service and by providing a wide array of services. In addition, most of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks. See “Supervision and Regulation.” Competition may further intensify if additional financial services companies enter markets in which we conduct business.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2009, we employed approximately 828 full-time equivalent employees, primarily at Superior Bank. We believe that our employee relations have been and continue to be good.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
General.  Superior Bancorp, as a nondiversified unitary savings and loan holding company, and Superior Bank, as a federal savings bank, are required by federal law to report to, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). We are subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS, as our primary federal regulator, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), as the deposit insurer. We are a member of the FHLB System and, with respect to deposit insurance, of the Deposit Insurance Fund managed by the FDIC. We must file periodic reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning our activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions. The OTS conducts periodic examinations to test our safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a thrift can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. A number of proposals have been introduced in Congress to change the regulation of financial institutions like Superior Bancorp and Superior Bank. Any change in regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on us and our operations. Certain regulatory requirements applicable to us are referred to below or elsewhere herein. The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable to thrifts and their holding companies set forth below does not purport to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on us and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations.
 
Holding Company Regulation.  We are a nondiversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of such terms under federal law. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 provides that no company may acquire control of a savings institution after May 4, 1999, unless it engages only in the financial activities permitted for financial holding companies under the law or for multiple savings and loan holding companies as described below. Further, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifies that certain savings and loan holding companies may only engage in such activities. Since we became a savings and loan holding company in 2005, we are limited to such activities. Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by us of another savings institution or savings bank that meets the qualified thrift lender test and is deemed to be a savings institution by the OTS, we would become a multiple savings and loan holding company (if the acquired institution is held as a separate subsidiary) and would generally be


7


Table of Contents

limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and certain activities authorized by the OTS regulations. However, the OTS has issued an interpretation concluding that multiple savings and loan holding companies may also engage in activities permitted for financial holding companies.
 
A savings and loan holding company is prohibited from directly or indirectly acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of another financial institution or savings and loan holding company without prior written approval of the OTS and from acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire other institutions, the OTS considers, among other things, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the institutions involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the deposit insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, the OTS may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company’s controlling savings institutions in more than one state.
 
Although savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific capital requirements or specific restrictions on the payment of dividends or other capital distributions, Superior Bancorp has agreed to seek approval of the OTS prior to paying a dividend or making a capital contribution to its stockholders. Federal regulations also prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary savings institutions, as described below. Superior Bank must notify the OTS before declaring any dividend to Superior Bancorp. In addition, the financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated by the OTS, and the OTS has authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture of subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the institution.
 
Change in Bank Control Act.  Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the OTS if any person, or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire “control” of a savings and loan holding company or a savings association. A change of control may occur, and prior notice may be required, upon the acquisition of more than 10% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the OTS has found that the acquisition will not result in a change of control of Superior Bancorp. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the OTS generally has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition.
 
Regulation of Business Activities.  The activities of thrifts are governed by federal laws and regulations. These laws and regulations delineate the nature and extent of the activities in which thrifts may engage. In particular, certain lending authority for thrifts, that is, commercial loans, non-residential real property loans and consumer loans, is limited to a specified percentage of the institution’s capital or assets.
 
Capital Requirements.  The OTS capital regulations require savings institutions to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital to total assets ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the regulatory examination rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below also establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest examination rating), and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital standard.
 
The risk-based capital standard for savings institutions requires the maintenance of ratios of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, recourse obligations, residual interests and direct credit substitutes, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, and assigned by the OTS capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core (Tier 1) capital includes, among other things, common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. The components of supplementary capital currently include, among other things, mandatory convertible securities, and the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.


8


Table of Contents

The OTS also has authority to establish minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s capital level is or may become inadequate in light of the particular circumstances. At December 31, 2009, Superior Bank met each of its capital requirements.
 
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.  The OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s degree of undercapitalization. Generally, a savings institution that has a ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets of less than 8%, a ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4% or a ratio of core capital to total assets of less than 4% (less than 3% for institutions with the highest examination rating) is considered to be “undercapitalized.” A savings institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized”, and a savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.” Subject to a narrow exception, the OTS is required to appoint a receiver or conservator within specified time frames for an institution that is “critically undercapitalized.” The regulation also provides that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Compliance with the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. In addition, numerous mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to an undercapitalized institution, including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions and expansion. The OTS could also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
 
Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  Superior Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The FDIC maintains a risk-based assessment system by which institutions are assigned to one of four categories based upon a combination of their capitalization and examination ratings. An institution’s assessment depends upon the category to which it is assigned. An institution assigned to the category with the lowest risk also has certain financial ratios taken into account in determining assessment rates, unless it is a large institution with at least one long-term debt issuer rating, in which case the rating will be taken into account in determining its assessment rate. Assessment rates for Deposit Insurance Fund members were amended effective April 1, 2009, to provide for an initial base assessment rate ranging from 12 basis points for the healthiest institutions to 45 basis points for the riskiest. The initial base assessment rate will be subject to potential decrease for long-term unsecured debt and, for smaller institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital, and potential increases for secured liabilities above a certain amount and, for institutions not in the lowest risk category, brokered deposits above a certain amount. The adjusted assessment rates can range from seven basis points for institutions in the lowest risk category to 77.5 basis points for institutions in the highest risk category. The FDIC also imposed an emergency special assessment of up to five basis points on all insured depository institutions as of June 30, 2009. The FDIC required all insured institutions to prepay insurance premiums through 2012. In the case of Superior, this prepayment aggregated $15.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Future increases in Deposit Insurance Fund insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Superior Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
 
In addition to the assessment for deposit insurance, institutions are required to make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by the Financing Corporation to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. During fiscal year 2008, Financing Corporation payments for Savings Association Insurance Fund members approximated 1.12 basis points of assessable deposits.
 
Deposit insurance may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OTS. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.
 
Loans to One Borrower.  Federal law provides that savings institutions are generally subject to the limits on loans to one borrower applicable to national banks. Generally, subject to certain exceptions, a savings institution may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of its unimpaired


9


Table of Contents

capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if secured by specified readily-marketable collateral.
 
QTL Test.  Federal law requires savings institutions to meet a qualified thrift lender test. Under the test, a savings association is required to either qualify as a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code or maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months out of each 12-month period.
 
A savings institution that fails the qualified thrift lender test is subject to certain operating restrictions and may be required to convert to a bank charter. As of December 31, 2009, Superior Bank met the qualified thrift lender test. Recent legislation has expanded the extent to which education loans, credit card loans and small business loans may be considered “qualified thrift investments.”
 
Limitations on Capital Distributions.  The OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by a savings institution, including cash dividends, payments to repurchase its shares and payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger. Under the regulations, an application to and prior approval of the OTS is required prior to any capital distribution if the institution does not meet the criteria for “expedited treatment” of applications under the OTS regulations, the total capital distributions (including the proposed capital distribution) for the calendar year exceed net income for that year plus the amount of retained net income for the preceding two years, the institution would be undercapitalized following the distribution or the distribution would otherwise be contrary to a statute, regulation or agreement with the OTS. If an application is not required, the institution must still provide prior notice to the OTS of the capital distribution if, like Superior Bank, it is a subsidiary of a holding company. In the event Superior Bank’s capital fell below its regulatory requirements or the OTS notified it that it was in need of increased supervision, Superior Bank’s ability to make capital distributions could be restricted. In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the OTS determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
 
Transactions with Related Parties.  Superior Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with “affiliates” (i.e., any company that controls or is under common control with Superior Bank, including Superior Bancorp and its non-savings institution subsidiaries) is limited by federal law. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of a savings institution’s capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in federal law. The purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. The transactions with affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances that are at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies, and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by public companies to their executive officers and directors. However, that act contains a specific exception for loans by a financial institution, such as Superior Bank, to its executive officers and directors that are made in compliance with federal banking laws. Under such laws, Superior Bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders (“insiders”), as well as entities such persons control, is limited. The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans Superior Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on Superior Bank’s capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees.
 
Standards for Safety and Soundness.  The federal banking agencies have adopted Interagency Guidelines prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness. These guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital


10


Table of Contents

becomes impaired. If the OTS determines that a savings institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the OTS may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
 
Enforcement.  The OTS has primary enforcement responsibility over savings institutions and has the authority to bring actions against the institution and all institution-affiliated parties, including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors to institution of receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil money penalties cover a wide range of violations and can amount to up to $1.25 million per day in especially egregious cases. In addition, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances. Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.
 
FHLB System.  Superior Bank is a member of the FHLB System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The FHLB System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Superior Bank, as a member of the FHLB System, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the applicable FHLB (Atlanta) in an amount at least equal to 0.18% of our total assets not to exceed $25 million plus 4.5% of our outstanding advances. Superior Bank was in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 2009, with an investment in FHLB stock of $18.2 million.
 
Federal Reserve System.  The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The regulations generally provide that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $44.4 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $44.4 million. The first $10.3 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. These amounts are adjusted annually. Superior Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.
 
Community Reinvestment Act.  Superior Bank is subject to the CRA. The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage financial institutions to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the financial institutions. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of an institution’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish branches, merger applications, applications to engage in new activities and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another institution. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of an institution’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a holding company involved in a proposed transaction, the CRA performance records of the banks involved are reviewed by federal banking agencies in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or thrift or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction. Superior Bank maintains a satisfactory CRA rating.
 
Confidentiality of Customer Information.  Federal laws and regulations, including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, require that financial institutions take certain steps to protect the security and confidentiality of customers’ non-public personal information. Among other things, these regulations restrict the ability of financial institutions to share non-public customer information with non-affiliated third parties and require financial institutions to provide customers with information about their privacy policies. Superior Bank has procedures in place that are intended to comply with these requirements.
 
Bank Secrecy Act.  Superior Bancorp and Superior Bank are subject to the federal Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended, which establishes requirements for recordkeeping and reporting by banks and other financial institutions designed to help identify the source, volume and movement of currency and monetary instruments into and out of the United States in order to help detect and prevent money laundering and other illegal activities. The Bank Secrecy Act requires financial institutions to develop and maintain a program reasonably designed to ensure and monitor compliance with its requirements, to train employees in such program, and to test the


11


Table of Contents

effectiveness of such program. Any failure to meet the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act can involve substantial penalties and adverse regulatory action. We have adopted policies and procedures intended to comply with the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act.
 
USA Patriot Act.  The USA Patriot Act, passed in 2001, strengthened the ability of the United States government to detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. Among its provisions, the USA Patriot Act requires that regulated financial institutions: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii) comply with regulations regarding the verification of the identity of any person seeking to open an account; (iii) take additional required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk for any foreign correspondent banking relationships. We have adopted policies, procedures and controls to address compliance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act under the existing regulations and will continue to revise and update our policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA Patriot Act and implementing regulations.
 
Consumer Laws and Regulations.  In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, Superior Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set forth herein is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits from, making loans to, or engaging in other types of transactions with, such customers.
 
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act.  In response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. Pursuant to the EESA, the United States Department of the Treasury (” the Treasury Department”) was given the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.
 
On October 14, 2008, the Secretary of the Treasury Department announced that the Treasury Department would purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts. Under the program, known as the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”), from the $700 billion authorized by the EESA, the Treasury Department made $250 billion of capital available to U.S. financial institutions, usually through the purchase of preferred stock. The Treasury Department was to receive from participating financial institutions, warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred stock investment. Participating financial institutions were required to adopt the Treasury Department’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury Department holds equity issued under the CPP.
 
On December 5, 2008, Superior Bancorp issued and sold, and the Treasury Department purchased, (i) 69,000 shares (the “Preferred Stock”) of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 1,923,792 shares of its voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at an exercise price of $5.38 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $69 million in cash. The issuance and sale of these securities was a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. On December 11, 2009, Superior Bancorp and the Treasury Department entered into an exchange agreement pursuant to which the Preferred Stock held by the Treasury Department was exchanged for new trust preferred securities issued by Superior Capital Trust II, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Superior Bancorp. Participants in the CPP were required to accept several compensation-related limitations. Each of Superior Bancorp’s senior executive officers on December 5, 2008 agreed in writing to accept the compensation standards in existence at that time under the CPP and thereby cap or eliminate some of


12


Table of Contents

their contractual or legal rights. The provisions agreed to were as follows (but see below under the heading “American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009” for more recently enacted compensation standards):
 
  •  No golden parachute payments.  “Golden parachute payment” under the CPP means a severance payment resulting from involuntary termination of employment, or from bankruptcy of the employer, that exceeds three times the terminated employee’s average annual base salary over the five years prior to termination. Superior Bancorp’s senior executive officers have agreed to forego all golden parachute payments for as long as: (i) they remain “senior executive officers” (CEO, CFO and the next three highest-paid executive officers); (ii) and the Treasury Department continues to hold equity or debt securities Superior Bancorp issued to it under the CPP (the “Covered Period”).
 
  •  Recovery of Bonuses and Incentive Compensation if Based on Certain Material Inaccuracies.  Superior Bancorp’s officers have also agreed to a “clawback provision,” which means that we can recover incentive compensation paid during our participation in the CPP that is later found to have been based on materially inaccurate financial statements or other materially inaccurate measurements of performance.
 
  •  No Compensation Arrangements That Encourage Excessive Risks.  During the Covered Period, we are not allowed to enter into compensation arrangements that encourage senior executive officers to take “unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value” of our company. To make sure this does not happen, Superior Bancorp’s Compensation Committee is required to meet at least once a year with our senior risk officers to review our executive compensation arrangements in the light of our risk management policies and practices. Our senior executive officers’ written agreements include their obligation to execute whatever documents may be required in order to make any changes in compensation arrangements resulting from the Compensation Committee’s review.
 
  •  Limit on Federal Income Tax Deductions.  During the Covered Period, we are not allowed to take federal income tax deductions for compensation paid to senior executive officers in excess of $500,000 per year, with certain exceptions that do not apply to our senior executive officers.
 
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.  On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) into law. The ARRA modified the compensation-related limitations contained in the CPP, created additional compensation-related limitations and directed the Secretary of the Treasury Department to establish standards for executive compensation applicable to participants in the CPP, regardless of when participation commenced. Thus, the newly enacted compensation-related limitations are applicable to Superior Bancorp, and, to the extent the Treasury Department may implement these restrictions unilaterally, Superior Bancorp will apply these provisions.
 
  •  No severance payments.  Under the ARRA “golden parachutes” were redefined as any payment for departure from the Company for any reason, except for payments for services performed or benefits accrued. Consequently under the ARRA Superior Bancorp is prohibited from making any severance payment to our “senior executive officers” (defined in the ARRA as the five highest paid senior executive officers) and our next five most highly compensated employees during the Covered Period).
 
  •  Recovery of Incentive Compensation if Based on Certain Material Inaccuracies.  The ARRA also contains the “clawback provision” discussed above but extends its application to any bonus awards and other incentive compensation paid to any senior executive officers or the next 20 most highly compensated employees during the Covered Period that is later found to have been based on materially inaccurate financial statements or other materially inaccurate measurements of performance.
 
  •  No Compensation Arrangements That Encourage Earnings Manipulation.  During the Covered Period, the ARRA prohibits compensation arrangements that encourage manipulation of reported earnings to enhance the compensation of any employees.
 
  •  Limit on Incentive Compensation.  The ARRA contains a provision that prohibits the payment or accrual of any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation to any senior executive officers during the Covered Period other than awards of long-term restricted stock that (i) do not fully vest during the Covered Period, (ii) have a value not greater than one-third of the total annual compensation of the officer and (iii) are subject


13


Table of Contents

  to such other restrictions as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury Department. The prohibition on bonus, incentive compensation and retention awards does not preclude payments required under written employment contracts entered into on or prior to February 11, 2009.
 
  •  Compensation and Human Resources Committee Functions.  The ARRA requires that the compensation committees of CPP recipients be composed solely of independent directors and that those compensation committees meet at least semiannually to discuss and evaluate employee compensation plans in light of an assessment of any risk posed from such compensation plans.
 
  •  Compliance Certifications.  The ARRA also requires a written certification by CEOs and CFOs of compliance with the provisions of the ARRA.
 
  •  Treasury Department Review of Excessive Bonuses Previously Paid.  The ARRA directs the Secretary of the Treasury Department to review all compensation paid to the senior executive officers and the next 20 most highly compensated employees of CPP participants to determine whether any such payments were inconsistent with the purposes of the ARRA or were otherwise contrary to the public interest. If the Secretary of the Treasury Department makes such a finding, the Secretary of the Treasury Department is directed to negotiate with the CPP participant and the subject employee for appropriate reimbursements to the federal government with respect to the compensation and bonuses.
 
  •  Say on Pay Vote.  Under the ARRA the Securities and Exchange Commission is required to promulgate rules requiring a non-binding “say on pay” vote by the shareholders on executive compensation at the annual meeting during the Covered Period. Superior Bancorp has included such a proposal in its Proxy Statement for its upcoming 2010 annual stockholders’ meeting.
 
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.  On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLG Program”). The TLG Program was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, preceded by the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Treasury Department, as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector. Under the TLG Program the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009 and (ii) provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts and NOW accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum through December 31, 2009. Coverage under the TLG Program was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage is 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000. During the first week of December 2008, Superior Bancorp elected to participate in both guarantee programs.
 
Instability of Regulatory Structure
 
Various bills are routinely introduced in the United States Congress and state legislatures with respect to the regulation of financial institutions. In addition, there has been a significant increase over the past year in legislative proposals and proposals by the administration to re-regulate financial institutions on a fundamental basis. Some of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation of banks, thrifts and the financial services industry. We cannot predict whether any of these proposals will be adopted or, if adopted, how these proposals would affect Superior Bancorp.
 
Effect on Economic Environment
 
The policies of regulatory authorities, especially the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of savings and loan holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.


14


Table of Contents

Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks and thrifts in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on our business and earnings cannot be predicted.
 
Available Information
 
We maintain an Internet website at www.superiorbank.com. We make available free of charge through our website various reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports. These reports are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. From our home page at www.superiorbank.com, go to and click on “About Superior” and click on “SEC Filings” to access these reports. You may read and copy any document Superior Bancorp files with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and other information statements regarding issuers, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Code of Ethics
 
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers. A copy of our code of ethics is available on our website. We intend to disclose information about any amendments to, or waivers from, our code of ethics that are required to be disclosed under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission regulations by providing appropriate information on our website. If at any time our code of ethics is not available on our website, we will provide a copy of it free of charge upon written request.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors.
 
Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”)
 
Our business, and an investment in our securities, involves risks. Our internal ERM program is a process designed to identify and manage inherent risks within our allowable risk profile and to provide reasonable assurance regarding achievement of our objectives. ERM activities are coordinated by the Chief Risk Officer and include participation of the business line managers and oversight by executive management. During the past year, our Board of Directors approved an ERM policy and delegated responsibility for Board of Directors oversight to the Audit and ERM Committee. Also, the Board of Directors approved the first two phases of implementation.
 
In phase one, we identified and documented the major risks to be tracked. These are: (1) capital, (2) compliance, regulatory, legislative, legal and governance, (3) credit, (4) interest rate risk, liquidity and funding, (5) investments, (6) operational, information technology, and environmental, (7) reporting, (8) reputational, (9) strategic and (10) compensation and human resources.
 
Capital risk is the ability to hold adequate levels of capital so that we can absorb unexpected losses and withstand the stresses that arise from the ups and downs of the economy. Compliance, regulatory, legislative, legal and governance risk is the risk of loss resulting from failure to comply with laws as well as prudent ethical standards and contractual obligations. Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from a borrower’s or counterparty’s inability to meet its obligations. Interest rate risk, liquidity, and funding risk focus on the impact to earnings and capital arising from movements in interest rates, the inability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, fund asset growth and meet contractual obligations through unconstrained access to funding at reasonable market rates. Investment risk is the variability of returns produced by an investment. Operational, information technology, and environmental risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and information systems or external events. Reporting risk includes events that may occur and adversely affect our ability to initiate, record, process, and report financial data consistent with the assertions of management in the financial statements. Reputational risk is the risk to earnings and capital arising from a negative public opinion and is assessed by recognizing the potential effect the public’s opinion could have on our franchise value. Strategic risk is the risk that adverse business decisions, ineffective or inappropriate business plans or failure to respond to changes in the


15


Table of Contents

competitive environment, business cycles, customer preferences, product obsolescence, execution and/or other intrinsic risks of business will impact our ability to meet our objectives. Compensation and human resource risk is the risk to current and future earnings arising from the inability to attract and retain talented employees, to comply with applicable laws, and to manage through human calamities such as management succession, management capabilities, local labor conditions, and employee tragedies (illness, injury or death).
 
After identifying these risks, we surveyed our business to determine the risk tracking and measuring activities already taking place. The measuring activities were documented by quarter throughout the year and compared to regulatory limits, if applicable, Board of Directors limits and/ or management established targets. Each risk was evaluated in the following four categories: (1) Inherent risk represents the risk to the company in the absence of any actions management might take to alter either the risk’s likelihood or impact, and is assessed as low, moderate, or high; (2) Quality of risk management is how well risks are identified, measured, controlled and monitored, and is assessed as weak, satisfactory, or strong; (3) Residual risk is a summary judgment of the risk that remains after management’s response to the risk, and is assessed as low, moderate, or high; and (4) Direction of risk indicates likely changes to the risk profile over the next twelve months and is assessed as increasing, stable, or decreasing. We provided a full report of the analytics, measuring activities, and assessments to the Audit and ERM Committee and a summary dashboard report was provided to the Board of Directors showing the outcome of the assessments of the risk categories. This reporting process will be continued in future quarters.
 
During the second phase risk owners identified the risks in their respective areas and evaluated the likelihood and impact of occurrence. The top ten risks where likelihood is almost certain and impact is major were identified and documented. These risks will be discussed with executive management and reported to the Audit and ERM Committee and Board of Directors at the next quarterly meetings. This reporting process will be continued in future quarters.
 
The ERM program is a continuous process to evaluate current risks and the appropriate analytics to measure it, and to evaluate action needed.
 
The following summary describes factors we believe are material risks relating to our business and to the ownership of our securities. Our discussion of these risks contains forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking statements. In addition, financial condition and results of operations, and the market price of our common stock, may be substantially affected by other risks, including risks we have not identified or that we may believe are immaterial or unlikely. This summary does not purport to describe all risks that might possibly affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or the market price of our common stock.
 
Risks Relating To Our Business
 
Recent Negative Developments in the Financial Services Industry and U.S. and Global Credit Markets May Adversely Impact Our Operations and Results.  Negative developments in the latter half of 2007, throughout 2008 and into 2009 in the capital markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general with the expectation of the general economic downturn into 2010 and possibly beyond. Loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions resulting from, among other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting their loans. The competition for our deposits has increased significantly due to liquidity concerns at many of those same institutions. Stock prices of thrift holding companies, such as ours, have been negatively affected by the current condition of the financial markets, as has our ability, if needed, to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years. Further negative developments in the financial services industry could negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance.
 
If the interest payments we make on our deposits increase relative to our interest income, we may be less profitable.  Our profitability depends to a large extent on Superior Bank’s net interest income, which is the difference between income from interest-earning assets, such as loans we make and investment securities we hold, and interest we pay on deposits and our own borrowings. Our net interest income is affected not only by actions we take, but by changes in general interest rate levels and by other economic factors beyond our control. Our net interest income may be reduced if (i) more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities re-price or mature


16


Table of Contents

at a time when interest rates are declining, or (ii) more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets re-price or mature at a time when interest rates are rising.
 
In addition, we may be affected by changes in the difference between short- and long-term interest rates. For example, short-term deposits may be used to support longer-term loans. If the difference between short-and long-term interest rates becomes smaller, the spread between the rates we pay on deposits and borrowings and the rates we receive on loans we make could narrow significantly, decreasing our net interest income.
 
Further, if market interest rates rise rapidly, interest rate adjustment caps may limit our ability to increase interest rates on adjustable-rate mortgage loans, but we may have to pay higher interest rates on deposits and borrowings. This could cause our net interest income to decrease.
 
An increase in loan prepayments may adversely affect our profitability.  The rate at which borrowers prepay loans is dependent on a number of factors outside our control, including changes in market interest rates, conditions in the housing and financial markets and general economic conditions. We cannot always accurately predict prepayment rates. If the prepayment rates with respect to our loans are greater than we anticipate, there may be a negative impact on our profitability because we may not be able to reinvest prepayment proceeds at rates comparable to those we received on the prepaid loans, particularly in a time of falling interest rates.
 
If our allowance for loan losses is inadequate, our profitability will be reduced.  We are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and that any collateral securing such loans will be insufficient to ensure full repayment. Such credit risk is inherent in the lending business, and our failure to adequately assess such credit risk could have material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and review our evaluation on a regular basis, and we provide an allowance for loan losses that we believe is adequate based on various factors that we believe may affect the credit quality of our loans. However, there can be no assurance that actual loan losses will not exceed the allowance that we have established, as such allowance is adjusted from time to time.
 
If our allowance for loan losses is inadequate for the actual losses we experience, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, if as a result of our perception of adverse trends, we materially increase our allowance for loan losses in the future, such increase would also reduce our earnings.
 
Events in our geographic markets could adversely affect us.  Our business is concentrated in six geographic regions in Alabama and Florida. Any adverse changes in market or economic conditions in Florida and Alabama may increase the risk that our customers will be unable to make their loan payments. In addition, the market value of the real estate securing loans as collateral could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in local market conditions and general economic conditions. Any period of increased payment delinquencies, foreclosures or losses caused by adverse market or economic conditions in general or in our markets in Florida and Alabama could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
With most of our loans concentrated in a small number of markets, further declines in local economic conditions could adversely affect the values of our real estate collateral. Thus, a decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose real estate loan portfolios are more geographically diverse.
 
In addition, natural disasters, such as hurricanes and tornados, in our markets could adversely affect our business. The occurrence of such natural disasters in our markets could result in a decline in the value or destruction of mortgaged properties and in an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or losses on these loans and may impact our customers’ ability to repay loans.
 
We face substantial competition.  There are numerous competitors in our geographic markets, including national, regional and local banks and thrifts and other financial services businesses, some of which have substantially greater resources, higher brand visibility and a wider geographic presence than we have. Some of these competitors may offer a greater range of services, more favorable pricing and greater customer convenience than we are able to. In addition, in some of our markets, there are a significant number of new banks and other financial institutions that have opened in the recent past or are expected to open in the near future, and such new


17


Table of Contents

competitors may also seek to exploit our markets and customer base. If we are unable to maintain and grow our market share in the face of such competition, our results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation.  Our operations are subject to regulation by the OTS and the FDIC. We are also subject to applicable regulations of the FHLB. Regulation by these entities is intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of our stockholders. We may incur substantial costs in complying with such regulations, and our failure to comply with them may expose us to substantial penalties.
 
In addition, we are subject to numerous consumer protection laws and other laws relating to the operation of financial institutions. Our failure to comply with such laws could expose us to liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Federal regulation of the banking industry may change significantly due to the unprecedented economic decline and conditions in the banking industry.  Banking regulations are being reexamined, and the framework of bank regulatory organizations reconsidered, in the aftermath of the recent economic decline. In addition, for those financial institutions that were eligible for participation in the Treasury Department’s CPP (as Superior Bancorp was) new regulations have been promulgated addressing lending activity and compensation. The effect of these developments, including future regulatory changes, is impossible to predict.
 
Due to the current economic environment, the United States Congress and the federal banking regulators may consider any number of proposals for increased or different regulation of financial institutions. We cannot predict at this time what the effect of such changes in regulation would be.
 
We may require additional capital to fund our growth plans and to augment our capital.  Our business strategy includes the expansion of our business through the development of new locations and through the acquisition of other financial institutions and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, complementary businesses as appropriate opportunities arise. In order to finance such growth and to maintain required regulatory capital levels, we may require additional capital in the future. There can be no assurance that such capital will be available upon favorable terms, or at all.
 
We are dependent upon the services of our management team.  Our operations and strategy are directed by our senior management team, most of whom have joined Superior Bancorp since January 2005. Any loss of the services of members of our management team could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to implement our business strategy.
 
Additional requirements under our regulatory framework, especially those imposed under ARRA, EESA or other legislation intended to strengthen the U.S. financial system, could adversely affect us.  Recent government efforts to strengthen the U.S. financial system, including the implementation of the ARRA, the EESA, the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) and special assessments imposed by the FDIC, subject participants to additional regulatory fees, corporate governance requirements, restrictions on executive compensation, restrictions on declaring or paying dividends, restrictions on stock repurchases, limits on executive compensation tax deductions and prohibitions against golden parachute payments. These fees, requirements and restrictions, as well as any others that may be imposed subsequently, may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
The imposition of certain restrictions on our executive compensation as a result of our decision to participate in the CPP may have material adverse effects on our business and results of operations.  As a result of our election to participate in CPP, we have adopted the Treasury Department’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury Department holds equity issued under the CPP. These standards generally apply to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and the three next most highly compensated executive officers, referred to collectively as the senior executive officers, and, in the case of some standards, to other of our employees as well. The standards include: (i) ensuring that incentive compensation plans and arrangements do not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of us and Superior Bank, (ii) prohibiting a bonus payment to any of the five most highly compensated employees unless paid in the form of long-term restricted stock, (iii) requiring a “clawback” of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive officer or any of the 20 next most highly compensation employees based on statements of earnings,


18


Table of Contents

gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate, (iv) prohibiting golden parachute payments to a senior executive officer or any of the five next most highly compensated employees, (v) prohibiting reimbursement or “gross-up” of taxes paid with respect to compensation for any of our senior executive officers or the 20 next most highly compensated employees, and (vi) agreeing not to deduct for tax purposes compensation paid to an employee in excess of $500,000. These restrictions may place us at a competitive disadvantage in attracting and retaining management.
 
The holders of our subordinated debentures have rights that are senior to those of our stockholders.  As of December 31, 2009, we had $121.7 million of subordinated debentures issued in connection with trust preferred securities including $69,100,000 issued in connection with the trust preferred securities held by the Treasury Department. Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred securities are unconditionally guaranteed by us. The subordinated debentures are senior to our common stock. As a result, we must make payments on the subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) before any dividends, even if otherwise payable, can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made to the holders of our common stock. We have the right to defer distributions on the subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to five years, during which time no dividends may be paid to holders of our common stock.
 
Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.  FDIC insurance premiums increased substantially in 2009, and we expect to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future. Market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The FDIC adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule on February 27, 2009, which raised deposit insurance premiums. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC also implemented a five-basis-point special assessment of each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, but no more than 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter of 2009, to be collected on September 30, 2009. Additional special assessments may be imposed by the FDIC for future periods. We participate in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, or TLGP, for noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts. Banks that participate in the TLGP’s noninterest-bearing transaction account guarantee will pay the FDIC an annual assessment of 10 basis points on the amounts in such accounts above the amounts covered by FDIC deposit insurance. To the extent that these TLGP assessments are insufficient to cover any loss or expenses arising from the TLGP, the FDIC is authorized to impose an emergency special assessment on all FDIC-insured depository institutions. The FDIC has authority to impose charges for the TLGP upon depository institution holding companies, as well. These changes, along with the full utilization of our FDIC insurance assessment credit in early 2009, will cause the premiums and TLGP assessments charged by the FDIC to increase. These actions could significantly increase our noninterest expense currently and for the foreseeable future. The FDIC required all insured institutions to prepay insurance premiums through 2012 in order to recapitalize the Deposit Insurance Fund. In the case of Superior, this prepayment aggregated $15.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Future increases in Deposit Insurance Fund insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Superior Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
 
If we defer payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures or if certain defaults relating to those debentures occur, we will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.  At December 2009, we had outstanding $121.7 million aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debentures issued in connection with the sale of trust preferred securities through statutory business trusts. We have unconditionally guaranteed these trust preferred securities. There are currently five separate series of these junior subordinated debentures outstanding, each series having been issued under a separate indenture and with a separate guarantee. Each of these indentures, together with the related guarantee, prohibits us, subject to limited exceptions, from declaring or paying any dividends or distributions on, or redeeming, repurchasing, acquiring or making any liquidation payments with respect to, any of our capital stock at any time when (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default under such indenture or any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default under such indenture; (ii) we are in default with respect to payment of any obligations under such guarantee; or (iii) we have deferred payment of interest on the junior subordinated debentures outstanding under that indenture. In


19


Table of Contents

that regard, we are entitled, at our option but subject to certain conditions, to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debentures of each series from time to time for up to five years.
 
Events of default under the indentures generally consist of our failure to pay interest on the junior subordinated debt securities under certain circumstances, our failure to pay any principal of or premium on such junior subordinated debt securities when due, our failure to comply with certain covenants under the indenture, and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation relating to us or Superior Bank.
 
As a result of these provisions, if we were to elect to defer payments of interest on any series of junior subordinated debentures, or if any of the other events described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first paragraph of this risk factor were to occur, we would be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends on our common stock, from repurchasing or otherwise acquiring any such common stock, and from making any payments to holders of common stock in the event of our liquidation, which would likely have a material adverse effect on the market value of our common stock.
 
Risks Related To an Investment in Our Common Stock
 
Superior Bancorp’s stock price may be volatile due to limited trading volume and general market conditions.  Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market. However, the average daily trading volume in our common stock is relatively small, typically less than 75,000 shares per day and sometimes less. Trades involving a relatively small number of shares may have a significant effect on the market price of our common stock, and it may be difficult for investors to acquire or dispose of large blocks of stock without significantly affecting the market price.
 
In addition, market fluctuations, industry factors, general economic conditions and political events, including economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or market trends, also could cause our stock price to decrease regardless of our operating results of operations. Stock prices of thrift holding companies, such as ours, have been negatively affected by the current condition of the financial markets.
 
Our ability to pay dividends is limited.  Our ability to pay dividends is limited by regulatory requirements and the need to maintain sufficient consolidated capital to meet the capital needs of our business, including capital needs related to future growth. Our primary source of income is the payment of dividends from Superior Bank to us. Superior Bank, in turn, is likewise subject to regulatory requirements potentially limiting its ability to pay such dividends to us and by the need to maintain sufficient capital for its operations and obligations. Further, we are obligated, subject to regulatory limitations, to make periodic distributions on our trust preferred securities, subordinated debentures and preferred stock, which reduces the income that might otherwise be available to pay dividends on our common stock. Thus, there can be no assurance that we will pay dividends to our common stockholders, no assurance as to the amount or timing of any such dividends, and no assurance that such dividends, if and when paid, will be maintained, at the same level or at all, in future periods.
 
Use of our common stock for future acquisitions or to raise capital to augment our existing capital base may be dilutive to existing stockholders.  When we determine that appropriate strategic opportunities exist, we may acquire other financial institutions and related businesses, subject to applicable regulatory requirements. We may use our common stock for such acquisitions. From time to time, we may also seek to raise capital through selling additional common stock. It is possible that the issuance of additional common stock in such acquisition or capital transactions may be dilutive to the ownership interests of our existing stockholders.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 2.   Properties.
 
Our headquarters are located at 17 North 20th Street, Birmingham, Alabama. As of December 21, 1999, Superior Bancorp and Superior Bank, who jointly owned the building, converted the building into condominiums known as The Bank Condominiums. Superior Bank owns 16 condominium units. This space includes a branch of Superior Bank, various administrative offices, operations facilities and our headquarters. Thirteen units are owned by third parties. We have leased or are pursuing the lease or sale of certain units (or parts thereof) not currently needed for our operations.


20


Table of Contents

We operate through facilities at 97 locations. We own 48 of these facilities and lease 49 of these facilities. Rental expense on the leased properties totaled approximately $3.8 million in 2009.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.
 
While we are a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, we believe that there are no proceedings threatened or pending against us at this time that will individually, or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We believe that we have strong claims and defenses in each lawsuit in which we are involved. While we believe that we will prevail in each lawsuit, there can be no assurance that the outcome of the pending, or any future, litigation, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, our financial condition or our results of operations.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
 
Our stockholders, at a special meeting held on November 19, 2009, voted to approve an amendment to our Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock from 20 million to 200 million as follows:
 
                             
            Broker
For
 
Against
 
Abstain
 
Non-Votes
 
  7,446,967       1,765,439       138,851       0  
 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
Market for Common Stock
 
Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker symbol “SUPR.” As of March 3, 2010, there were approximately 3,108 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the range of high and low reported sales prices:
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
2008
               
First Quarter
  $ 24.24     $ 17.00  
Second Quarter
    22.64       8.30  
Third Quarter
    12.50       5.41  
Fourth Quarter
    9.00       2.53  
2009
               
First Quarter
  $ 4.38     $ 1.69  
Second Quarter
    5.75       2.60  
Third Quarter
    3.99       1.96  
Fourth Quarter
    3.97       1.50  
2010
               
First Quarter (through March 3, 2010)
  $ 3.81     $ 2.71  
 
On March 3, 2010, the last reported sale price for the common stock was $3.00 per share.
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
As discussed in the “Supervision and Regulation” section of Item 1. “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Superior Bancorp’s ability to repurchase its common stock is limited by the terms of the Purchase Agreement between Superior Bancorp and the Treasury Department. Under the CPP, the consent of the Treasury Department is required to repurchase any shares of common stock except in connection with benefit plans in the ordinary course of business and certain other limited exceptions prior to the earlier of (i) December 5, 2011, or


21


Table of Contents

(ii) the date on which the trust preferred securities held by the Treasury Department are redeemed in whole or the Treasury Department has transferred all of the trust preferred securities to unaffiliated third parties. On December 11, 2009 Superior Bancorp and the Treasury Department entered into an exchange agreement pursuant to which the Preferred Stock held by the Treasury Department was exchanged for new trust preferred securities issued by Superior Capital Trust II, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Superior Bancorp.
 
Dividends
 
On December 5, 2008, we issued 69,000 shares of preferred stock to the Treasury Department in connection with our receipt of $69 million pursuant to the Troubled Assets Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (“TARP”). Dividends on this preferred stock were payable quarterly at an annual rate of five percent for the first five years and thereafter at an annual rate of nine percent. On December 11, 2009, the preferred stock held by the Treasury Department was exchanged for 69,000 shares of trust preferred securities of Superior Capital Trust II, which have a liquidation amount of $1,000 and on which we pay interest at an equivalent rate.
 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors. We derive cash available to pay dividends primarily, if not entirely, from dividends paid to us by our subsidiaries. There are certain restrictions that limit Superior Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us and, in turn, our ability to pay dividends. The restrictions that may limit our ability to pay dividends are discussed in this Report in Item 1 under the heading “Supervision and Regulation — Limitations on Capital Distributions.” Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders will depend on our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. We do not currently pay dividends on our common stock, but expect to evaluate our common stock dividend policy from time to time as circumstances indicate, subject to applicable regulatory restrictions.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2009, relating to our equity compensation plans pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock units or other rights to acquire shares may be granted in the future.
 
                         
    Number of
          Number of Shares
 
    Securities
          Remaining Available for
 
    to be Issued Upon
    Weighted-
    Future Issuance Under
 
    Exercise of
    Average Exercise
    Equity Compensation
 
    Outstanding
    Price of
    Plans (Excluding
 
    Options, Warrants
    Outstanding
    Securities Reflected
 
Plan Category
  and Rights     Options, Warrants     in Column (a))  
    (a)     (b)     (c)  
 
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders(1)
    535,538     $ 22.07       132,459  
Equity Compensation Plans not Approved by Security Holders(2)
    391,025       33.39       53,011  
                         
Total
    926,563     $ 26.85       185,470  
                         
 
 
(1) Excludes 74,301 shares of restricted stock granted under the Third Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan of The Banc Corporation.
 
(2) Includes options covering (a) 390,735 shares issued to Messrs. Bailey, Scott and Gardner and three other management employees in connection with their employment agreements, (b) 53,011 shares reserved for issuance to other new management hires, and (c) 290 shares authorized and issued under the Commerce Bank of Alabama Stock Option Plan, which we assumed in the merger with Commerce Bank of Alabama in November 1998. We do not intend to grant any additional options under this plan.
 
2008 Incentive Compensation Plan.  The purpose of the Superior Bancorp 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of Superior Bancorp by linking the personal interests of its directors, officers and employees to those of our stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to our stockholders. The plan is further intended to provide


22


Table of Contents

flexibility to us in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of directors, officers and employees upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of our operation is largely dependent. The plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and other awards, including stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance shares. The plan covers 300,000 shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2009, the Compensation Committee has granted options to purchase 205,850 shares of our common stock which remain outstanding and restricted stock awards covering 9,000 shares of our common stock which remain outstanding. Those shares may be, in whole or in part, authorized but unissued shares or issued shares that we have reacquired.
 
Our Compensation Committee, which administers the Superior Bancorp 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan, may grant options or other awards to employees, officers and directors of Superior Bancorp and its affiliates. The Compensation Committee, subject to the approval of the board of directors and the provisions of the plan, has full power to determine the types of awards to be granted, to select the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to fix the number of shares that each grantee may purchase, to set the terms and conditions of each award, and to determine all other matters relating to the plan.
 
Third Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.  Superior Bancorp maintains the Third Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan of The Banc Corporation, but does not intend to make any additional awards under this plan. The plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and other awards, including stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance shares. As of December 31, 2009, the Compensation Committee has granted options to purchase 327,528 shares of our common stock which remain outstanding and restricted stock awards covering 65,301 shares of our common stock which remain outstanding.
 
The Commerce Bank of Alabama Stock Incentive Compensation Plan.  We assumed the Commerce Bank of Alabama Incentive Compensation Plan in our acquisition of Commerce Bank of Alabama on November 6, 1998. This plan authorized the grant of incentive and nonqualified options to purchase common stock of Superior Bancorp. As of December 31, 2009, there were options outstanding under this plan to purchase 290 shares of common stock. We have not granted and do not intend to grant any additional options under this plan.


23


Table of Contents

Performance Graph
 
The performance graph below compares our cumulative shareholder return on our common stock over the last five fiscal years to the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Financial Index. Our cumulative shareholder return over a five-year period is based on an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2004.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
                                                 
    Period Ending
  Index   12/31/04   12/31/05   12/31/06   12/31/07   12/31/08   12/31/09
Superior Bancorp
    100.00       138.64       137.79       65.25       9.63       9.99  
                                                 
NASDAQ Composite
    100.00       101.37       111.03       121.92       72.49       104.31  
                                                 
SNL Southeast Thrift Index
    100.00       91.00       106.95       46.06       26.23       16.27  
                                                 
 
SNL Southeast Thrift :  Includes all Major Exchange (NYSE, AMEX, NASDAQ) Thrifts in SNL’s coverage universe headquartered in AL, AR, FL, GA, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, WV.


24


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.
 
The following table sets forth selected financial data from our consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Form 10-K. See “Item 8. Superior Bancorp and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial Statements.”
 
                                         
    As of and For The Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Selected Statement of Financial Condition Data:
                                       
Assets
  $ 3,221,869     $ 3,052,701     $ 2,885,425     $ 2,440,990     $ 1,415,469  
Loans, net of unearned income
    2,472,697       2,314,921       2,017,011       1,639,528       963,253  
Allowance for loan losses
    41,884       28,850       22,868       18,892       12,011  
Investment securities
    286,310       347,142       361,171       354,716       242,595  
Deposits
    2,656,573       2,342,988       2,200,611       1,870,841       1,043,695  
Advances from FHLB
    218,322       361,324       222,828       187,840       181,090  
Notes payable
    45,917       7,000       9,500       5,545       3,755  
Subordinated debentures
    84,170       60,884       53,744       44,006       31,959  
Stockholders’ equity
    191,704       251,239       350,042       276,087       105,065  
Selected Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 162,082     $ 167,888     $ 171,929     $ 108,777     $ 77,280  
Interest expense
    69,520       84,603       96,767       61,383       38,255  
                                         
Net interest income     92,562       83,285       75,162       47,394       39,025  
Provision for loan losses
    28,550       13,112       4,541       2,500       3,500  
Noninterest income, excluding other-than-temporary impairment of securities (“OTTI”)
    29,325       26,709       19,357       11,811       9,583  
OTTI, net
    (15,746 )     (9,942 )                  
Insurance Proceeds
                            5,114  
Management separation costs
                      265       15,467  
Goodwill impairment charge
          160,306                    
Noninterest expense
    110,485       94,372       78,223       49,520       45,153  
                                         
(Loss) income before income (benefit) taxes     (32,894 )     (167,738 )     11,755       6,920       (10,398 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (13,005 )     (4,588 )     4,134       1,923       (4,612 )
                                         
Net (loss) income
    (19,889 )     (163,150 )     7,621       4,997       (5,786 )
Preferred stock dividends and amortization
    (4,193 )     (311 )                 (305 )
Gain on exchange of preferred stock to trust preferred securities
    23,097                          
Effect of early conversion of preferred stock
                            (2,006 )
                                         
Net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders   $ (985 )   $ (163,461 )   $ 7,621     $ 4,997     $ (8,097 )
                                         
Per Share Data:(5)
                                       
Net (loss) income — basic
  $ (0.09 )   $ (16.31 )   $ 0.82     $ 0.85     $ (1.69 )
— diluted(1)     (0.09 )     (16.31 )     0.82       0.83       (1.69 )
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic
    10,687       10,021       9,244       5,852       4,789  
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted(1)
    10,687       10,021       9,333       6,008       4,789  
Common book value at period end
  $ 15.69     $ 17.83     $ 34.91     $ 31.87     $ 20.83  
Preferred shares outstanding at period end
          69                    
Common shares outstanding at period end
    11,668       10,075       10,027       8,663       5,043  
Performance Ratios and Other Data:
                                       
Return on average assets
    (0.63 )%     (5.42 )%     0.29 %     0.30 %     (0.41 )%
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    (8.16 )     (46.58 )     2.47       3.55       (5.68 )
Net interest margin(2)(3)
    3.28       3.27       3.37       3.17       3.14  
Net interest spread(3)(4)
    3.09       3.06       3.04       2.93       3.00  
Average loan to average deposit ratio
    97.11       97.50       92.80       93.12       88.82  
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    107.57       106.38       107.54       106.01       104.58  
Assets Quality Ratios:
                                       
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
    26.25 %     45.98 %     92.77 %     227.97 %     261.17 %
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned income
    1.69       1.25       1.13       1.15       1.25  
Nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) to loans plus NPAs, net of unearned income
    8.01       3.56       1.44       0.62       0.67  
NPAs to total assets
    6.26       2.72       1.01       0.41       0.46  
Net loan charge-offs to average loans
    0.65       0.33       0.24       0.20       0.43  
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of:
                                       
Provision for loan losses     54.35       54.38       94.30       92.64       115.20  
Allowance for loan losses     37.04       24.71       18.72       12.26       33.57  


25


Table of Contents

 
(1) Common stock equivalents of 159,561, 65,226 and 250,500 shares were not included in computing diluted earnings per share for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2005, respectively, because their effects were antidilutive.
 
(2) Net interest income divided by average earning assets.
 
(3) Calculated on a taxable equivalent basis.
 
(4) Yield on average interest-earnings assets less rate on average interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(5) Per-share data for all previous periods presented have been retroactively restated to reflect a 1-for-4 reverse stock split effective April 28, 2008.


26


Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.
 
General
 
The following is a narrative discussion and analysis of significant changes in our results of operations and financial condition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and selected financial data included elsewhere in this document.
 
Overview
 
Our principal subsidiary is Superior Bank, a federal savings bank. Superior Bank has principal offices in Birmingham, Alabama and Tampa, Florida, and operates 73 banking offices in Alabama (45) and Florida (28). Superior Bank’s consumer finance subsidiaries operate an additional 24 consumer finance offices in North Alabama, doing business as 1st Community Credit and Superior Financial Services. We had assets of approximately $3.222 billion, loans of approximately $2.473 billion, deposits of approximately $2.657 billion and stockholders’ equity of approximately $191.7 million at December 31, 2009. Total assets increased 5.5% compared to $3.053 billion at December 31, 2008. Loans increased 6.8% compared to $2.315 billion at December 31, 2008. Total deposits at December 31, 2009 increased 13.4% from $2.343 billion at December 31, 2008. Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, the difference between income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Our results of operations are also affected by credit cost, including the provision for loan losses and losses and other costs on foreclosed properties (“foreclosure losses”), and other noninterest expenses, such as salaries and benefits, occupancy expenses and provision for income taxes. The effects of these noninterest expenses are partially offset by noninterest sources of revenue, such as service charges and fees on deposit accounts and mortgage banking income. Our volume of business is influenced by competition in our markets and overall economic conditions including such factors as market interest rates, business spending and consumer confidence.
 
2009 proved to be a very challenging year, given the economic conditions faced by our country, our markets and our bank. In response to these challenges, we focused our efforts on two primary objectives: assuring our customers that we were still doing business with regard to making loans, accepting deposits and fulfilling their banking needs, and managing the current credit cycle at the least cost to our shareholders. Additionally, we have focused internally on preparing our company for 2010 by a number of logical, well-timed and sensible steps designed to position us to have a capital structure that is unassailable in these uncertain times. In November 2009, our shareholders approved an increase in our authorized shares from 20 million to 200 million. In December 2009, we successfully completed the conversion of the Preferred Stock held by the Treasury Department under the TARP Capital Purchase Program into trust preferred securities, realizing a $23.1 million gain in the process. This non-dilutive action was equivalent to approximately $1.98 per share in increased common equity. After year-end, we announced agreements to exchange $7.5 million of our then-currently outstanding non-pooled trust preferred securities for newly issued common stock, which should result in the creation of $6.5 million additional common equity, and a projected gain of $0.15 per common share. We plan additional capital actions in 2010 consistent with market conditions.
 
Net interest income increased from $83.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $92.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The net interest margin was 3.28% in 2009 compared to 3.27% in 2008. The effect on net interest margin of loans being placed on non-accruing status approximated 0.35% in 2009 (which includes foregone interest and the reversal of interest accrued during the year on those loans). The increase during 2009 in net interest income resulted from an increase in interest earning assets. Loan yields declined 90 basis points from 2008, but funding costs also declined 86 basis points from 2008. The decline in loan yields was due principally to an overall lower level of interest rates in 2009 as compared to 2008, plus the effect of higher levels of non-performing loans in 2009 as compared to 2008.
 
Despite the increase in interest income and relatively encouraging progress on the fee income front, the year’s progress was negatively impacted by increases in overall credit-related costs in light of the current economy. We incurred a net loss in 2009 of $19.9 million (before a $23.1 million gain on the exchange of Preferred Stock for trust preferred securities) compared to a loss of $163.2 million in 2008. (The 2008 loss included a goodwill impairment charge of $160.3 million.) Included in this year’s results were write-downs associated with investments in trust


27


Table of Contents

preferred securities issued by others and certain private-label mortgage-backed securities in our investment portfolio totaling $15.7 million for other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) versus $9.9 million 2008, and an increase in credit-related costs (i.e. provisions for loan loans, OREO expense, collection costs, etc.) of $36.7 million.
 
Our loan loss provision was well above those in previous years, with a provision of $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $13.1 million for the prior year, and an increase in the allowance for loan losses of $13.0 million to $41.9 million at December 31, 2009. A portion of this provision related to charged-off loans, but a majority was used to increase our allowance for loan losses based on management’s estimate of loss in the loan portfolio based on management’s ongoing assessment of certain areas of risk. In addition, our losses and expenses on other real estate owned (“OREO”), were $8.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, which was a significant increase from the $0.9 million recorded in the prior year, reflecting several dispositions of foreclosed properties.
 
Management’s Response to Current Economic Environment.
 
Changes in Lending Policy.  Since the beginning of 2008, and in direct response to the depth of the current economic downturn and its apparent length, we have made significant and fundamental changes in our credit management process.
 
  •  Credit Approval.
 
Today, we have in place a centralized underwriting process for each of our two states, under the supervision of a Senior Credit Officer assigned to that state. Each Senior Credit Officer is responsible for the maintenance of loan underwriting standards within his state, including loan approvals up to a certain limit through a State Loan Committee. Credits with a total exposure exceeding $10 million are reviewed and approved by the Executive Loan Committee and the Board Loan and Investment Committee as needed.
 
  •  Credit Administration and Loan Review.
 
These functions operate on a centralized basis, and are responsible for reviewing for policy compliance and reporting all loans that are underwritten at the state level to executive management. In recent months, in response to the current economic conditions, we have tightened our underwriting standards. We are requiring more relationship-driven deals, where we are the primary, and in many cases, the only banking relationship for these prospective customers. All of these changes are intended to further strengthen our position and mitigate the risks associated with the current economic environment. In addition, we have established concentration guidelines for each major lending category, as well as sub-limits within each of these broad categories to provide risk rated limitations on our lending activities, both by nature of collateral and by geography.
 
  •  Problem Asset Management.
 
Each significant problem asset is assigned to a senior officer for workout. At December 31, 2009, each of the 23 largest problem loans or foreclosed properties in a workout status is assigned to one of the four top executive credit officers of our company, reflecting our belief that in this manner we can bring the right combination of experience, short decision making lines of communication, and executive focus on reducing our totals of these assets in the least costly manner. This encompasses essentially all problem relationships of $1 million or more.
 
Loan Trends.  Our position on new credit formation is positive, but cautious. Our primary goal is to work with existing borrowers in making sure that loans we presently have are properly structured and are soundly underwritten. At December 31, 2009, this has resulted in an increase in balances outstanding in certain categories of loans, such as commercial construction lending, which increased $56.1 million, to a level of $379 million with the majority of increases related to construction of income producing properties such as apartments and student housing. Conversely, residential construction lending decreased approximately $13.3 million to a level of $301 million, as activity in this sector continued to slow over the course of 2009. This decrease included reductions in non-pre-sold (“spec”) residential, condominium, and undeveloped land loans. Other categories of commercial real estate lending were up approximately $75.1 million, related principally to increases in income producing


28


Table of Contents

properties such as apartments, office buildings and the hospitality industry. In addition, 1-4 family residential mortgages grew approximately $36.1 million from December 31, 2008. As we look forward into 2011, we expect our stance to continue to remain cautious, with loan totals remaining flat to growing slowly. This is also consistent with our stance on capital preservation in the near term, as we seek to maintain the highest capital ratios possible in this uncertain environment so that we are in the position to resume growth and profitable lending, as conditions improve.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we took advantage of a unique opportunity in the local market by bringing on board 60 mortgage originators and associated staff from an existing Alabama bank which had been taken into the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) receivership and sold to another financial institution. We believe this “no-cost” acquisition affords us a tremendous opportunity in both Alabama and Florida, not only to increase shareholder value but also to help people achieve their dream of home ownership through the expansion of our mortgage operation. Initially, we expect the new staff to approximately double our origination capability in Alabama, as well as significantly improve the efficiency of the secondary placement of our existing originations. Longer term, we expect this to raise our origination capability to a higher level in support of our Florida branches. These additions resulted in increases in operating expenses in the fourth quarter, but we expect this expansion to be solidly profitable on an incremental basis starting in 2010.
 
Consistent with the continuing economic decline’s effect on real estate-related credits, our non-performing loans increased during 2009 to $159.6 million, or 6.45% of loans at December 31, 2009, from $62.7 million, or 2.71% of loans at December 31, 2008. The overall increase in nonperforming assets was primarily related to real estate construction, commercial real estate and residential mortgage loan portfolios. Loans in the 30-89 days past due category increased to 1.84% of total loans at December 31, 2009 from 1.05% of total loans at December 31, 2008. Non-performing assets are 6.26% of total assets at December 31, 2009 compared to 2.72% at December 31, 2008.
 
The annualized ratio of net charged-off loans to average loans increased to 0.65% for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 0.33% for the year ended December 31, 2008. Of the $15.5 million net charge-offs in 2009, Superior Bank’s net charge-offs were $13.0 million, or 0.54% of consolidated average loans, and our two consumer finance companies’ net charge-offs were $2.5 million, or 0.10% of consolidated average loans.
 
The provision for loan losses was approximately $28.6 million for the year ended December 31 2009, increasing the allowance for loan losses to 1.69% of net loans, or $41.9 million, at December 31, 2009, compared to 1.25% of net loans, or $28.9 million, at December 31, 2008.
 
Liquidity and Capital.  Short-term liquid assets (cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold) increased $10.3 million, or 11.5%, to $99.8 million at December 31, 2009 from $89.4 million at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, short-term liquid assets were 3.1% of total assets, compared to 2.9% at December 31, 2008. On March 31, 2009, Superior Bank completed a placement of a $40 million aggregate principal amount 2.625% Senior Note due 2012 (the “Note”). The Note is guaranteed by the FDIC under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) and is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Management continually monitors our liquidity position and will increase or decrease short-term liquid assets as necessary. Our principal sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans, federal funds sold and maturities and sales of investment securities. In addition to these sources of liquidity, we have access to a minimum of $250 million in additional funding from traditional sources. Management believes it has established sufficient sources of funds to meet its anticipated liquidity needs.
 
Superior Bank continues to be well-capitalized under regulatory guidelines, with a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.69%, a Tier I core capital ratio of 7.79% and a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 9.30% at December 31, 2009. Superior Bank’s tangible common equity ratio was 7.79% at December 31, 2009.
 
Our consolidated total risk based capital ratio was 11.01% and our tangible common equity ratio was 6.74% at December 31, 2009. While we have always been “well-capitalized,” we believe that the uncertain economic environment in which we find ourselves warrants taking advantage of every opportunity to strengthen our common equity. Our goal is to build a capital base that is unassailable, and places us in the position of being able to be a leader


29


Table of Contents

in the recovery of the economy in both of our key markets — Florida and Alabama. The following are all steps in a logical series to further improve our equity capital base:
 
  •  During the third quarter of 2009, we sold 1.5 million shares of our common stock at prices ranging from $2.21 to $2.71 per share to approximately 20 accredited investors for total cash consideration of approximately $3.3 million.
 
  •  At a special shareholders’ meeting held on November 19, 2009, we received shareholder approval for an increase in authorized shares from 20 million to 200 million.
 
  •  During the fourth quarter, we successfully completed a conversion of $69 million of our Preferred Stock held by the Treasury Department for an identical amount of trust preferred securities issued by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Superior Capital Trust II, which is reflected as subordinated debt in our statement of financial condition. As a result of this exchange transaction, we recorded an accounting gain of approximately $23.1 million after-tax, reflecting the net benefit of the favorable interest rate terms of the trust preferred securities compared to current market rates. This gain reduced the net loss to common shareholders by $1.98 per common share.
 
  •  Additionally, in January 2010, we secured agreements from the holders of $7.5 million of our then-currently outstanding non-pooled trust preferred securities to exchange those securities for newly issued common stock. When completed, we expect to record a net after-tax gain of $1.8 million ($0.15 per common share) upon exchange of the trust preferred securities. The ultimate effect of the transactions will be to increase our common equity by approximately $6.5 million, consisting of both the increase in equity upon recording the gain, and the fair value of the shares of common stock issued in conjunction with the exchange.
 
Regulatory Reform and Costs.  Besides the economy, the greatest risk of uncertainty for the banking industry continues to be the regulatory reform initiatives under consideration by the U.S. Congress and federal bank regulatory agencies. The activities of the “investment banking” and “non-bank financial institutions” became major catalysts for our current economic challenges. We believe that many of the proposed reforms are over-reactive and represent a sweeping “broad brush” approach that will be applied to all banks, regardless of size or culpability in the economic situation we face. The result may be an increase in government regulations, oversight and involvement in the daily business activities that should be best left to experienced bank management teams and their boards of directors. If enacted, these proposals will result in additional burdensome disclosures and red tape for our customers and additional cost to our stockholders. For the vast majority of well-run community banks, we believe this is totally unnecessary.
 
Healthy banks are clearly carrying the costly burden for the closing of many failed banks. For example, on a cash basis, our payments to the FDIC in 2009 exceeded $21 million, including both our annual assessments, a special assessment and a prepayment of three years’ estimated assessments as deposit insurance for current and future years to fund the current losses being incurred by the government for bank closings. We fully expect the prepayment to be absorbed by future bank failures prior to the end of three years, and therefore anticipate additional FDIC costs above those reflected above.
 
Critical Accounting Estimates
 
In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles we follow and the methods of applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and to general banking practices. Our most significant estimates and assumptions are related primarily to our allowance for loan losses, income taxes and fair value measurements and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which is based on the factors and risk identification procedures discussed in the section “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan Losses”, requires the use of judgments and estimates that may change in the future. Changes in the factors used by management to determine the adequacy of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the


30


Table of Contents

allowance for loan losses to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, our regulators, as part of their examination process, may require that additions or reductions be made to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments and estimates.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the balance sheet method. Under this method, the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. These calculations are based on many complex factors, including estimates of the timing of reversals of temporary differences, the interpretation of federal and state income tax laws, and a determination of the differences between the tax and the financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in determining the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
 
The recognition of deferred tax assets (“DTA”) is based upon management’s judgment that realization of the asset is more likely than not. Management’s judgment is based on estimates concerning various future events and uncertainties, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, the timing and amount of future income earned by our subsidiaries and the implementation of various tax planning strategies to maximize realization of the DTA. Although realization is not assured, we believe that the realization of the $29.5 million net DTA is more likely than not. This net DTA is comprised of $56.5 million of deferred tax assets, net of $25.8 million in deferred tax liabilities and a $1.2 million valuation allowance. The major components of the $56.5 million deferred tax asset are $7.4 million in general and AMT tax credit carryforwards, $11.6 million in net operating loss carryforwards and $37.5 million in deductions that have not yet been taken on a tax return. Our deferred tax liabilities of $25.8 million are comprised primarily of differences between the book and tax bases of certain assets and liabilities, of which $12.6 million are expected to reverse during the carryforward period to offset a corresponding amount of deferred tax asset. In general, net of the existing deferred tax liabilities, we will need to generate approximately $106 million of taxable income during the respective carryforward periods in order to fully realize our DTAs.
 
As a result of book losses incurred in 2009 and 2008, we are in three-year-cumulative loss position at December 31, 2009, and there are no taxes paid in prior years that are available for the carryback period. A cumulative loss position is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the realizability of a DTA. Our management has concluded that sufficient positive evidence exists to overcome this negative evidence. The positive evidence on which management based its conclusions includes the following:
 
  •  Management forecasts sufficient taxable income in the next five years, even under stressed economic scenarios, to realize our DTA in the carryforward periods allowed under the respective federal and state revenue codes (see discussion below).
 
  •  Management has a history of extremely accurate forecasting of asset/liability growth and corresponding interest margin, as well as reasonably accurate forecasting of controllable income and expense.
 
  •  Our net interest margin remains strong and has steadily improved even in this weak economy.
 
  •  Our liquidity is strong due to a mature branch network which provides a reliable and low cost funding source to support our interest margin.
 
  •  We have stable levels of core operating noninterest income and noninterest expenses.
 
  •  Our executive team is experienced in managing through difficult credit cycles.
 
  •  A recent economic forecast indicates a strengthening real estate economy in Florida, which is the geographic focus of our credit concerns, and where we have approximately 49% of our loans and 71% of our classified loans.
 
  •  Our general tax credit and federal net operating loss carryforwards do not begin expiring until the years 2018 and 2023, respectively. Our AMT credit carryforwards have no expiration. In addition, we do not have a history of our operating or tax credit carryforwards expiring unused.


31


Table of Contents

 
The only tax planning strategy management considered involves the decision to hold any available-for-sale debt security in an unrealized loss position until they mature at which time our full investment will be recovered. The amount of our DTA considered realizable, however, could be significantly reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are significantly lower than forecasted due to further decreases in market conditions, or the economy, which could produce additional credit losses within our loan and investment portfolios. In that regard, our forecasted taxable income has been based on several economic scenarios which have been stressed in varying degrees to reflect slower economic recovery than currently anticipated by management, which under our model results in additional credit losses and the corresponding impact on the net interest margin. Each scenario was assigned individually for each year a probability of occurring, with the final five-year forecast comprising the scenarios that exceeded a cumulative probability of 50% (the more likely than not threshold) in any year. Even though our forecasts project taxable income for an eight-year period, management did not rely on any forecast after the fifth year because years six through eight did not exceed the more likely than not threshold. We evaluate quarterly the realizability of our net deferred tax assets and, if necessary adjust our valuation allowance accordingly (See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures regarding income taxes).
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
We measure fair value at the price we would receive by selling an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We prioritize the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (the “inputs”) into a three-tier fair value hierarchy. This fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority (Level 1) to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority (Level 3) to unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, requiring companies to develop their own assumptions. Observable inputs that do not meet the criteria of Level 1, and include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, are categorized as Level 2. Level 3 inputs are those that reflect management’s estimates about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, based on the best information available in the circumstances. Valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured using Level 3 inputs may include methodologies such as the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach, and may use unobservable inputs such as projections, estimates and management’s interpretation of current market data. These unobservable inputs are only utilized to the extent that observable inputs are not available or cost-effective to obtain.
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had $213.8 million, or 38.2%, and $66.3 million, or 15.8%, respectively, of total assets valued at fair value that are considered Level 3 valuations using unobservable inputs. As shown in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements, available-for-sale securities with a carrying value of $13.3 million and $18.5 million, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were included in the Level 3 assets category measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These securities consist primarily of certain private-label mortgage-backed securities and trust preferred securities. As the market for these securities became less active and pricing less reliable, management determined that the trust preferred securities should be transferred to a Level 3 category during the third quarter of 2008 and that six private-label mortgage-backed securities be transferred during the second and third quarters of 2009.
 
Management measures fair value on the trust preferred securities based on various spreads to LIBOR determined after its review of applicable financial data and credit ratings (See “Financial Condition — Investment Securities — Trust Preferred Securities” below for additional discussion). At December 31, 2009, the fair values of six private-label mortgage-backed securities totaling $7.4 million were measured using Level 3 inputs because the market for them has become illiquid, as indicated by few, if any, trades during the period. Prior to June 30, 2009, these securities were measured using Level 2 inputs. The assumptions used in the valuation model include expected future default rates, loss severity and prepayments. The model also takes into account the structure of the security including credit support. Based on these assumptions the model calculates and projects the timing and amount of interest and principal payments expected for the security. The discount rates used in the valuation model were based on a yield that the market would require for such securities with maturities and risk characteristics similar to the securities being measured (See “Financial Condition — Investment Securities — Mortgage-backed securities”). The remaining Level 3 assets totaling $200.5 million include loans which have been impaired, foreclosed other real estate and other real estate held for sale, which are valued on a nonrecurring basis based on appraisals of the


32


Table of Contents

collateral. The value of this collateral is based primarily on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers approved and hired by management. Appraised and reported values are discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. The collateral is reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above. See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
See Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements for information regarding recently issued accounting standards.
 
Results of Operations
 
Year ended December 31, 2009 compared with Year ended December 31, 2008
 
Earnings.  We reported a net loss of $19.9 million for 2009, primarily the result of increases in the provision for loan losses of $15.4 million, foreclosure losses of $7.2 million, OTTI of $5.8 million, and FDIC assessments of $5.2 million. These expense increases were partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $9.3 million and mortgage banking income of $3.1 million. Changes in other components of our operations are discussed in the various sections that follow. The following table presents key earnings data for the periods indicated:
 
                                 
    Three Months
    Year
 
    Ended December 31,     Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net loss
  $ (11,501 )   $ (158,178 )   $ (19,889 )   $ (163,150 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
    10,880       (158,489 )     (985 )     (163,461 )
Net income (loss) per common share (diluted)
    0.92       (15.80 )     (0.09 )     (16.31 )
Net interest margin
    3.42 %     3.29 %     3.28 %     3.27 %
Net interest spread
    3.25       3.12       3.09       3.06  
Return on average assets
    (1.43 )     NCM       (0.63 )     (5.42 )
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    (19.52 )     NCM       (8.16 )     (46.58 )
Common book value per share
  $ 15.69     $ 17.83     $ 15.69     $ 17.83  
 
 
 
NCM — Not considered meaningful.


33


Table of Contents

 
Net Interest Income.  The largest component of our net income is net interest income, which is the difference between the income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and borrowings (See “Market Risk” section for a discussion regarding our interest rate risk). Net interest income is determined by the rates earned on our interest-earning assets, rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the degree of mismatch and the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets represents our net interest margin. The following table summarizes the changes in the components of net interest income for the periods indicated:
 
                                                 
    Increase (Decrease) in  
    Fourth Quarter
    Year Ended December 31,
 
    2009 vs. 2008     2009 vs. 2008  
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Loans, net of unearned income
  $ 248,765     $ 521       (0.56 )%   $ 290,339     $ (2,502 )     (0.90 )%
Investment securities
                                               
Taxable
    (31,324 )     (1,070 )     (0.98 )     (30,718 )     (2,225 )     (0.21 )
Tax-exempt
    (8,529 )     (168 )     (0.37 )     (1,814 )     (162 )     (0.12 )
                                                 
Total investment securities
    (39,853 )     (1,238 )     (0.93 )     (32,532 )     (2,387 )     (0.19 )
Federal funds sold
    (2,748 )     (7 )     (0.48 )     (1,534 )     (113 )     (2.16 )
Other investments
    9,309       (110 )     (1.14 )     13,567       (860 )     (2.30 )
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 215,473       (834 )     (0.60 )   $ 269,840       (5,862 )     (0.83 )
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
  $ 48,197     $ (511 )     (0.44 )%   $ 15,571     $ (6,162 )     (1.00 )%
Savings deposits
    101,452       (160 )     (1.12 )     121,921       920       (0.75 )
Time deposits
    134,895       (2,718 )     (1.12 )     142,491       (8,803 )     (1.05 )
Other borrowings
    (126,109 )     (467 )     0.70       (62,217 )     (2,007 )     0.03  
Subordinated debentures
    5,119       255       0.90       6,381       969       0.80  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 163,554       (3,601 )     (0.73 )   $ 224,147       (15,083 )     (0.86 )
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest spread
            2,767       0.13 %             9,221       0.03 %
                                                 
Net yield on earning assets
                    0.13 %                     0.01 %
                                                 
Taxable equivalent adjustment:
                                               
Investment securities
            (58 )                     (56 )        
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 2,825                     $ 9,277          
                                                 


34


Table of Contents

The following table depicts, on a taxable equivalent basis, certain information for the fourth quarters of 2009 and 2008 related to our average balance sheet and our average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities. Average yields are calculated by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities. Average balances have been calculated on a daily basis.
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Loans, net of unearned income(1)
  $ 2,512,441     $ 36,966       5.84 %   $ 2,263,676     $ 36,445       6.40 %
Investment securities
                                               
Taxable
    262,085       2,937       4.45       293,409       4,007       5.43  
Tax-exempt(2)
    30,694       477       6.17       39,223       645       6.54  
                                                 
Total investment securities
    292,779       3,414       4.63       332,632       4,652       5.56  
Federal funds sold
    1,544       1       0.26       4,292       8       0.74  
Other investments
    68,523       429       2.48       59,214       539       3.62  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
    2,875,287       40,810       5.63       2,659,814       41,644       6.23  
Noninterest-earning assets:
                                               
Cash and due from banks
    65,575                       61,967                  
Premises and equipment
    104,842                       104,341                  
Accrued interest and other assets
    171,006                       298,477                  
Allowance for loan losses
    (34,420 )                     (27,845 )                
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 3,182,290                     $ 3,096,754                  
                                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
  $ 649,419     $ 2,048       1.25 %   $ 601,222     $ 2,559       1.69 %
Savings deposits
    280,946       953       1.35       179,494       1,113       2.47  
Time deposits
    1,408,543       9,042       2.55       1,273,648       11,760       3.67  
Other borrowings
    271,548       2,539       3.71       397,657       3,006       3.01  
Subordinated debentures
    66,038       1,462       8.78       60,919       1,207       7.88  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 2,676,494       16,044       2.38     $ 2,512,940       19,645       3.11  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
    256,320                       218,685                  
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    15,739                       15,222                  
                                                 
Total liabilities
    2,948,553                       2,746,847                  
Stockholders’ equity
    233,737                       349,907                  
                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 3,182,290                     $ 3,096,754                  
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest spread
            24,766       3.25 %             21,999       3.12 %
                                                 
Net yield on earning assets
                    3.42 %                     3.29 %
                                                 
Taxable equivalent adjustment:
                                               
Investment securities
            162                       220          
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 24,604                     $ 21,779          
                                                 
 
 
(1) Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. No adjustment has been made for these loans in the calculation of yields.
 
(2) Interest income and yields are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 34%.


35


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth, on a taxable equivalent basis, the effect that the varying levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the applicable rates have had on changes in net interest income for the fourth quarters of 2009 and 2008:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31,
 
    2009 vs. 2008(1)  
    Increase
    Changes Due To  
    (Decrease)     Rate     Volume  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Increase (decrease) in:
                       
Income from interest-earning assets:
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 521     $ (3,327 )   $ 3,848  
Interest on securities:
                       
Taxable
    (1,070 )     (672 )     (398 )
Tax-exempt
    (168 )     (35 )     (133 )
Interest on federal funds
    (7 )     (4 )     (3 )
Interest on other investments
    (110 )     (187 )     77  
                         
Total interest income
    (834 )     (4,225 )     3,391  
Expense from interest-bearing liabilities:
                       
Interest on demand deposits
    (511 )     (394 )     (117 )
Interest on savings deposits
    (160 )     (634 )     474  
Interest on time deposits
    (2,718 )     (3,870 )     1,152  
Interest on other borrowings
    (467 )     612       (1,079 )
Interest on subordinated debentures
    255       147       108  
                         
Total interest expense
    (3,601 )     (4,139 )     538  
                         
Net interest income
  $ 2,767     $ (86 )   $ 2,853  
                         
 
 
(1) The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.


36


Table of Contents

 
The following tables depict, on a taxable equivalent basis, certain information for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 related to our average balance sheet and our average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities. Such yields are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities. Average balances have been calculated on a daily basis.
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
    ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans, net of unearned income
  $ 2,463,114     $ 144,660       5.87 %   $ 2,172,775     $ 147,162       6.77 %   $ 1,839,029     $ 150,443       8.18 %
Investment securities
                                                                       
Taxable
    275,065       14,085       5.12       305,783       16,310       5.33       328,893       17,174       5.22  
Tax-exempt(2)
    38,449       2,439       6.34       40,263       2,601       6.46       21,668       1,359       6.27  
                                                                         
Total investment securities
    313,514       16,524       5.27       346,046       18,911       5.46       350,561       18,533       5.29  
Federal funds sold
    3,513       9       0.26       5,047       122       2.42       8,975       471       5.25  
Other investments
    66,204       1,718       2.60       52,637       2,578       4.90       47,612       2,944       6.18  
                                                                         
Total interest-earning assets
    2,846,345       162,911       5.72       2,576,505       168,773       6.55       2,246,177       172,391       7.67  
Noninterest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Cash and due from banks
    69,696                       61,208                       45,142                  
Premises and equipment
    105,191                       103,614                       95,289                  
Accrued interest and other assets
    163,986                       294,245                       254,785                  
Allowance for loan losses
    (31,823 )                     (25,527 )                     (20,431 )                
                                                                         
Total assets
  $ 3,153,395                     $ 3,010,045                     $ 2,620,962                  
                                                                         
     
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Demand deposits
  $ 653,371       8,543       1.31 %   $ 637,800     $ 14,705       2.31 %   $ 568,125     $ 20,791       3.66 %
Savings deposits
    243,566       3,651       1.50       121,645       2,731       2.25       50,652       819       1.61  
Time deposits
    1,392,963       42,166       3.03       1,250,472       50,969       4.08       1,171,942       58,057       4.95  
Other borrowings
    294,022       10,097       3.43       356,239       12,104       3.40       249,443       12,971       5.20  
Subordinated debentures
    62,117       5,063       8.15       55,736       4,094       7.35       48,557       4,129       8.50  
                                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 2,646,039       69,520       2.63     $ 2,421,892       84,603       3.49     $ 2,088,719       96,767       4.63  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Demand deposits
    246,428                       218,486                       191,066                  
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    17,311                       19,438                       32,905                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities
    2,909,778                       2,659,816                       2,312,690                  
Stockholders’ equity
    243,617                       350,229                       308,272                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 3,153,395                     $ 3,010,045                     $ 2,620,962                  
                                                                         
Net interest income/net interest spread
            93,391       3.09 %             84,170       3.06 %             75,624       3.04 %
                                                                         
Net yield on earning assets
                    3.28 %                     3.27 %                     3.37 %
                                                                         
Taxable equivalent adjustment:
                                                                       
Investment securities
            829                       885                       462          
                                                                         
Net interest income
          $ 92,562                     $ 83,285                     $ 75,162          
                                                                         
 
 
(1) Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. No adjustment has been made for these loans in the calculation of yields.
 
(2) Interest income and yields are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 34%.


37


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth, on a taxable equivalent basis, the effect which the varying levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the applicable rates have had on changes in net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009 vs. 2008(1)     2008 vs. 2007(1)  
    Increase
    Changes Due To     Increase
    Changes Due To  
    (Decrease)     Rate     Volume     (Decrease)     Rate     Volume  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Increase (decrease) in:
                                               
Income from interest-earning assets:
                                               
Interest and fees on loans
  $ (2,502 )   $ (20,853 )   $ 18,351     $ (3,281 )   $ (28,269 )   $ 24,988  
Interest on securities:
                                               
Taxable
    (2,225 )     (627 )     (1,598 )     (864 )     359       (1,223 )
Tax-exempt
    (162 )     (47 )     (115 )     1,242       42       1,200  
Interest on federal funds
    (113 )     (84 )     (29 )     (349 )     (193 )     (156 )
Interest on other investments
    (860 )     (1,413 )     553       (366 )     (655 )     289  
                                                 
Total interest income
    (5,862 )     (23,024 )     17,162       (3,618 )     (28,716 )     25,098  
Expense from interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Interest on demand deposits
    (6,162 )     (6,514 )     352       (6,086 )     (8,405 )     2,319  
Interest on savings deposits
    920       (1,140 )     2,060       1,913       423       1,490  
Interest on time deposits
    (8,803 )     (14,160 )     5,357       (7,089 )     (10,777 )     3,688  
Interest on other borrowings
    (2,007 )     107       (2,114 )     (867 )     (5,367 )     4,500  
Interest on subordinated debentures
    969       472       497       (35 )     (601 )     566  
                                                 
Total interest expense
    (15,083 )     (21,235 )     6,152       (12,164 )     (24,727 )     12,563  
                                                 
Net interest income
  $ 9,221     $ (1,789 )   $ 11,010     $ 8,546     $ (3,989 )   $ 12,535  
                                                 
 
 
(1) The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.
 
Noninterest income.  Noninterest income increased $0.1 million and decreased $3.2 million, or 3.1% and (19.0)%, to $4.5 million and $13.6 million for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, from $4.4 million and $16.8 million for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. The components of noninterest income for the fourth quarters and years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Service charges and fees on deposits
  $ 2,606     $ 2,574       1.24 %
Mortgage banking income
    1,617       855       89.12  
Investment securities losses(1)
    (596 )     (1,381 )     (56.84 )
Change in fair value of derivatives
    (996 )     467       NCM  
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    575       585       (1.71 )
Other noninterest income
    1,303       1,274       2.28  
                         
Total
  $ 4,509     $ 4,374       3.09 %
                         
 


38


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Service charges and fees on deposits
  $ 10,112     $ 9,295       8.79 %
Mortgage banking income
    7,084       3,972       78.35  
Investment securities losses(1)
    (10,102 )     (8,453 )     19.51  
Change in fair value of derivatives
    (826 )     1,240       NCM  
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    2,198       2,274       (3.34 )
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
          2,918       NA  
Other noninterest income
    5,113       5,521       (7.39 )
                         
Total
  $ 13,579     $ 16,767       (19.01 )%
                         
 
 
(1) Includes a non-cash other-than-temporary impairment charge. See “Financial Condition — Investment Securities”
 
NA — Not applicable
 
NCM — Not considered meaningful
 
The increase in service charges and fees on deposits was primarily attributable to pricing changes and account growth. The increase in mortgage banking income during 2009 was the result of an increase in the volume of refinancing, which is expected to decline in future periods. However, during the fourth quarter of 2009, we took advantage of a unique opportunity in the local market by bringing on board 60 mortgage originators and associated staff from an existing Alabama bank which had been taken into FDIC receivership and sold to another financial institution. Initially, we expect the new staff to approximately double our origination capability in Alabama, as well as significantly improve the efficiency of the secondary placement of our existing originations. Longer term, we expect this to raise our origination capability to a higher level in support of our Florida branches. The investment securities loss was the result of impairment charges related to several securities. See “Financial Condition — Investment Securities” for additional discussion. A gain of $2.9 million from the extinguishment of certain liabilities is also included in the total noninterest income for 2008.
 
Noninterest expenses.  Noninterest expenses increased $8.1 million, exclusive of the $160.3 million goodwill impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 2008, or 32.3%, to $33.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2009 from $24.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2008. This increase was primarily due to increased FDIC assessments and foreclosure losses. The increase in FDIC assessments was attributable to a prepaid assessment, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2009 and applied to all insured depository institutions. The FDIC also imposed a special assessment in the second quarter of 2009. Any additional increases in Deposit Insurance Fund insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on our operating expenses and results of operations. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future. Our foreclosure losses relate to various costs incurred to acquire, maintain and dispose of other real estate acquired through foreclosure. These costs are directly related to the volume of foreclosures, which have increased due to the negative credit cycle. These costs could increase in

39


Table of Contents

future periods, depending on the duration of the credit cycle, and have a material impact on our operating expenses. Noninterest expenses included the following for the fourth quarters of 2009 and 2008:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest Expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 12,988     $ 13,094       (0.81 )%
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expense
    5,246       4,583       14.47  
Amortization of core deposit intangibles
    985       896       9.93  
Goodwill impairment charge
          160,306       NA  
FDIC assessment
    3,038       447       NCM  
Foreclosure losses
    4,462       354       NCM  
Professional fees
    1,595       745       NCM  
Insurance expense
    652       601       8.49  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    738       773       (4.53 )
Communications expense
    731       741       (1.35 )
Advertising expense
    578       774       (25.32 )
Other operating expense
    1,971       1,919       2.71  
                         
Total
  $ 32,984     $ 185,233       (82.19 )%
                         
 
 
 
NA — Not applicable
 
NCM — Not considered meaningful
 
Noninterest expenses increased $16.1 million, exclusive of the $160.3 million goodwill impairment charge in 2008, or 17.1%, to $110.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $94.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily due to increased FDIC assessments and foreclosure losses as discussed in the previous paragraph. Noninterest expenses included the following for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest Expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 49,962     $ 49,672       0.58 %
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expense
    18,643       17,197       8.41  
Amortization of core deposit intangibles
    3,941       3,585       9.93  
Goodwill impairment charge
          160,306       NA  
FDIC assessment
    6,348       1,105       NCM  
Foreclosure losses
    8,116       908       NCM  
Professional fees
    4,202       2,637       59.35  
Insurance expense
    2,555       2,381       7.31  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    3,002       2,964       1.28  
Communications expense
    3,054       2,941       3.84  
Advertising expense
    2,530       3,522       (28.17 )
Merger-related costs
          118       NA  
Other operating expense
    8,132       7,342       10.76  
                         
Total
  $ 110,485     $ 254,678       (56.62 )%
                         


40


Table of Contents

Income tax expense.  We recognized an income tax benefit of $(6.3) million and $(13.0) million for the fourth quarter of 2009 and year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, compared to $(3.9) million and $(4.6) million for the fourth quarter of 2008 and year ended December 31, 2008, respectively. The difference between the effective tax rates in 2009 and 2008 and the blended federal statutory rate of 34% and state tax rates between 5% and 6% is primarily due to the goodwill impairment charge (2008) and certain tax-exempt income from investments and insurance policies. See “Critical Accounting Estimates” for a discussion regarding our deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
Provision for Loan Losses and 2009 Loan Charge-offs.  The provision for loan losses was $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $15.5 million from $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. In 2009, we had net charged-off loans totaling $15.5 million, compared to net charged-off loans of $7.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. The annualized ratio of net charged-off loans to average loans was 0.65% for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 0.33% for year ended December 31, 2008. The allowance for loan losses totaled $41.9 million, or 1.69% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2009, compared to $28.9 million, or 1.25% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2008.
 
During 2009, the effects of the global recession continued to apply additional stress to the overall performance of our loan portfolio. As a result, we increased our provision for loan losses and our allowance for loan losses. The following table shows the quarterly provision for loan losses, gross and net charge-offs, and the level of allowance for loan losses that resulted from our ongoing assessment of the loan portfolio during the year:
 
                                 
    2009 Quarters Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Beginning allowance for loan losses
  $ 28,850     $ 29,871     $ 33,504     $ 34,336  
Provision for loan losses
    3,452       5,982       5,169       13,947 (1)
Total charge-offs
    2,809       2,513       4,546       6,793  
Total recoveries
    (378 )     (164 )     (209 )     (394 )
                                 
Net charge-offs
    2,431       2,349       4,337       6,399  
                                 
Ending allowance for loan losses
  $ 29,871       33,504       34,336     $ 41,884  
                                 
Total loans, net of unearned income
  $ 2,359,299     $ 2,398,471     $ 2,434,534     $ 2,472,697  
                                 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans, net of unearned income
    1.27 %     1.40 %     1.41 %     1.69 %
                                 
 
 
(1) A portion of this provision related to charged-off loans, but a majority was used to increase our allowance for loan losses based on management’s estimate of loss in the loan portfolio based on management’s ongoing assessment of certain areas of risk. See “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional discussion


41


Table of Contents

 
Year Ended December 31, 2008, Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Earnings.  We reported a net loss for 2008 primarily as a result of the $160 million goodwill impairment charge and $6.3 million non-cash after- tax other-than-temporary impairment charge on Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock and certain mortgage-backed securities. Our earnings were also negatively impacted by a significantly higher provision for loan losses and lower net interest margin, offset somewhat by an increase in other noninterest income such as service charges on customer deposits and mortgage banking income. The following table presents key earnings data for the periods indicated:
 
                                 
    Three Months
    Year
 
    Ended December 31,     Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (158,178 )   $ 1,904     $ (163,150 )   $ 7,621  
Net (loss) income applicable to common shareholders
    (158,490 )     1,904       (163,461 )     7,621  
Net (loss) income per common share (diluted)
    (15.80 )     0.19       (16.31 )     0.82  
Net interest margin
    3.29 %     3.20 %     3.27 %     3.37 %
Net interest spread
    3.12       2.88       3.06       3.04  
Return on average assets
    NCM       0.26       (5.42 )     0.29  
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    NCM       2.16       (46.58 )     2.47  
Common book value per share
  $ 17.83     $ 34.91     $ 17.83     $ 34.91  
 
 
 
NCM — Not considered meaningful.


42


Table of Contents

 
Net Interest Income.  The following table summarizes the changes in the components of net interest income for the periods indicated:
 
                                                 
    Increase (Decrease) in  
    Fourth Quarter
    Year Ended December 31,
 
    2008 vs. 2007     2008 vs. 2007  
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Loans, net of unearned income
  $ 217,863     $ (4,215 )     (1.49 )%   $ 333,746     $ (3,281 )     (1.41 )%
Investment securities
                                               
Taxable
    (38,187 )     (361 )     0.20       (23,110 )     (864 )     0.11  
Tax-exempt
    5,776       108       0.17       18,595       1,242       0.19  
                                                 
Total investment securities
    (32,411 )     (253 )     0.23       (4,515 )     378       0.17  
Federal funds sold
    (4,208 )     (89 )     (3.79 )     (3,929 )     (349 )     (2.83 )
Other investments
    10,414       (101 )     (1.58 )     5,025       (366 )     (1.28 )
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 191,658       (4,658 )     (1.21 )   $ 330,327       (3,618 )     (1.12 )
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
  $ (34,149 )   $ (3,098 )     (1.84 )%   $ 69,675     $ (6,086 )     (1.35 )%
Savings deposits
    119,548       799       0.39       70,993       1,913       0.64  
Time deposits
    (5,328 )     (4,276 )     (1.30 )     78,530       (7,089 )     (0.87 )
Other borrowings
    126,849       (330 )     (1.88 )     106,796       (867 )     (1.80 )
Subordinated debentures
    7,120       141       0.02       7,179       (35 )     (1.15 )
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 214,040       (6,764 )     (1.45 )   $ 333,173       (12,164 )     (1.14 )
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest spread
            2,106       0.24 %             8,546       (0.02 )%
                                                 
Net yield on earning assets
                    0.09 %                     (0.10 )%
                                                 
Taxable equivalent adjustment:
                                               
Investment securities
            36                       423          
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 2,070                     $ 8,123          
                                                 


43


Table of Contents

The following table depicts, on a taxable equivalent basis, certain information for the fourth quarters of 2008 and 2007 related to our average balance sheet and our average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities. Average yields are calculated by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities. Average balances have been calculated on a daily basis.
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
 
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Loans, net of unearned income(1)
  $ 2,263,676     $ 36,445       6.40 %   $ 2,045,813     $ 40,660       7.89 %
Investment securities
                                               
Taxable
    293,409       4,007       5.43       331,596       4,369       5.23  
Tax-exempt(2)
    39,223       645       6.54       33,447       537       6.37  
                                                 
Total investment securities
    332,632       4,652       5.56       365,043       4,906       5.33  
Federal funds sold
    4,292       8       0.74       8,500       97       4.53  
Other investments
    59,214       539       3.62       48,800       640       5.20  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
    2,659,814       41,644       6.23       2,468,156       46,303       7.44  
Noninterest-earning assets:
                                               
Cash and due from banks
    61,967                       48,618                  
Premises and equipment
    104,341                       99,190                  
Accrued interest and other assets
    298,477                       290,894                  
Allowance for loan losses
    (27,845 )                     (22,095 )                
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 3,096,754                     $ 2,884,763                  
                                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
  $ 601,222     $ 2,559       1.69 %   $ 635,371     $ 5,657       3.53 %
Savings deposits
    179,494       1,113       2.47       59,946       314       2.08  
Time deposits
    1,273,648       11,760       3.67       1,278,976       16,037       4.97  
Other borrowings
    397,657       3,006       3.01       270,808       3,336       4.89  
Subordinated debentures
    60,919       1,207       7.88       53,799       1,066       7.86  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 2,512,940       19,645       3.11     $ 2,298,900       26,410       4.56  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
    218,685                       206,977                  
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    15,222                       29,834                  
                                                 
Total liabilities
    2,746,847                       2,535,711                  
Stockholders’ equity
    349,907                       349,052                  
                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 3,096,754                     $ 2,884,763                  
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest spread
            21,999       3.12 %             19,893       2.88 %
                                                 
Net yield on earning assets
                    3.29 %                     3.20 %
                                                 
Taxable equivalent adjustment:
                                               
Investment securities
            219                       183          
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 21,780                     $ 19,710          
                                                 
 
 
(1) Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. No adjustment has been made for these loans in the calculation of yields.
 
(2) Interest income and yields are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 34%.


44


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth, on a taxable equivalent basis, the effect that the varying levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the applicable rates have had on changes in net interest income for the fourth quarter:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31,
 
    2008 vs. 2007(1)  
    Increase
    Changes Due To  
    (Decrease)     Rate     Volume  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Increase (decrease) in:
                       
Income from interest-earning assets:
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ (4,215 )   $ (8,221 )   $ 4,006  
Interest on securities:
                       
Taxable
    (361 )     160       (521 )
Tax-exempt
    108       14       94  
Interest on federal funds
    (89 )     (56 )     (33 )
Interest on other investments
    (101 )     (219 )     118  
                         
Total interest income
    (4,658 )     (8,322 )     3,664  
Expense from interest-bearing liabilities:
                       
Interest on demand deposits
    (3,098 )     (2,808 )     (290 )
Interest on savings deposits
    799       69       730  
Interest on time deposits
    (4,276 )     (4,209 )     (67 )
Interest on other borrowings
    (330 )     (1,554 )     1,224  
Interest on subordinated debentures
    141       3       138  
                         
Total interest expense
    (6,764 )     (8,499 )     1,735  
                         
Net interest income
  $ 2,106     $ 177     $ 1,929  
                         
 
 
(1) The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.
 
Provision for Loan Losses and 2008 Loan Charge-offs.  The provision for loan losses was $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $8.6 million, or 188.7%, from $4.5 million the year ended December 31, 2007. In 2008, we had net charged-off loans totaling $7.1 million, compared to net charged-off loans of $4.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. The annualized ratio of net charged-off loans to average loans was 0.33% for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 0.24% for year ended December 31, 2007. The allowance for loan losses totaled $28.9 million, or 1.25% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2008, compared to $22.9 million, or 1.13% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2007. As 2008 progressed, we increased our provision for loan losses and our allowance for loan losses as it became clear that the economy was showing signs of deterioration. The following table shows the quarterly provision for loan losses, gross and net


45


Table of Contents

charge-offs, and the level of allowance for loan losses that resulted from our ongoing assessment of the loan portfolio during the year:
 
                                 
    2008 Quarters Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Beginning allowance for loan losses
  $ 22,868     $ 23,273     $ 27,243     $ 27,671  
Provision for loan losses
    1,872       5,967       2,305       2,968  
Total charge-offs
    1,745       2,482       2,247       1,970  
Total recoveries
    (278 )     (485 )     (370 )     (181 )
                                 
Net charge-offs
    1,467       1,997       1,877       1,789  
                                 
Ending allowance for loan losses
  $ 23,273     $ 27,243     $ 27,671       28,850  
                                 
Total loans, net of unearned income
  $ 2,066,192     $ 2,148,750     $ 2,219,041     $ 2,314,921  
                                 
Ratio: Allowance for loan losses to total loans, net of unearned income
    1.13 %     1.27 %     1.25 %     1.25 %
                                 
 
Noninterest income.  Noninterest income decreased $1.4 million and $2.6 million, or 24.7% and 13.4%, to $4.4 million and $16.8 million for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2008, respectively, from $5.8 million and $19.4 million for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. The components of noninterest income for the fourth quarters and years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Service charges and fees on deposits
  $ 2,574     $ 2,183       17.91 %
Mortgage banking income
    855       808       5.82  
Investment securities (losses) gains(1)
    (1,381 )     66       NA  
Change in fair value of derivatives
    467       1,141       (59.07 )
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    585       514       13.81  
Other noninterest income
    1,274       1,096       16.24  
                         
Total
  $ 4,374     $ 5,808       (24.69 )%
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Service charges and fees on deposits
  $ 9,295     $ 7,957       16.82 %
Mortgage banking income
    3,972       3,860       2.90  
Investment securities (losses) gains(1)
    (8,453 )     308       NA  
Change in fair value of derivatives
    1,240       1,310       (5.34 )
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    2,274       1,895       20.00  
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
    2,918             NA  
Other noninterest income
    5,521       4,027       37.10  
                         
Total
  $ 16,767     $ 19,357       (13.38 )%
                         
 
 
(1) Includes a non-cash OTTI charge.
 
The increase in service charges and fees on deposits was primarily attributable to an increased customer base resulting from our acquisitions and new branch locations The increase in mortgage banking income during 2008 was the result of an increase in the volume of originations. The increase in other noninterest income was primarily


46


Table of Contents

due to increases in brokerage commissions and ATM network fees. The increase in brokerage commissions was the result of increased volume in our investment subsidiary, and the increase in ATM network fees was the result of increased volume related to new customers and additional ATM locations acquired through acquisitions or new branch locations.
 
During the second quarter of 2008, we recognized two separate gains from the extinguishment of approximately $5.8 million in liabilities. The first gain related to a settlement of a retirement agreement with a previous executive officer under which we had a remaining unfunded obligation to pay approximately $6.2 million in benefits over a 17-year period. This obligation was settled through a cash payment of $3.0 million with a recognized pre-tax gain of $574,000. The second gain related to a forfeiture of benefits owed to a former executive officer under the Community Bancshares, Inc. Benefit Restoration Plan and resulted in a pre-tax gain of $2.3 million.
 
Noninterest expenses.  Noninterest expenses increased $4.1 million, exclusive of the $160 million goodwill impairment charge, or 19.6%, to $24.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2008 from $20.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2007. This increase was primarily due to our opening of new branch locations, which contributed to increases in personnel, occupancy cost, and equipment expense. An additional large increase was recorded in insurance expense ($0.4 million, or 64%) as the full impact of FDIC premium expense was realized due to the exhaustion of previous premium rebates. Noninterest expenses included the following for the fourth quarters of 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest Expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 13,094     $ 11,357       15.29 %
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expense
    4,583       3,742       22.47  
Amortization of core deposit intangibles
    896       588       52.38  
Merger-related costs
          108       NA  
Professional fees
    745       720       3.47  
Goodwill impairment charge
    160,306             NA  
Insurance expense
    1,048       638       64.26  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    559       570       (1.93 )
Communications expense
    549       538       2.04  
Advertising expense
    666       638       4.39  
Other operating expense
    2,787       1,951       42.85  
                         
Total
  $ 185,233     $ 20,850       NCM  
                         
 
 
 
NA — Not applicable.
 
NCM — Not considered meaningful.
 
Noninterest expenses increased $16.1 million, exclusive of the $160 million goodwill impairment charge, or 20.6%, to $94.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $78.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily due to the opening of new branch locations, which contributed to increases in


47


Table of Contents

personnel, occupancy cost, and equipment. Noninterest expenses included the following for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest Expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 49,672     $ 42,316       17.38 %
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expense
    17,197       13,391       28.42  
Amortization of core deposit intangibles
    3,585       1,691       112.00  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
          1,469       NA  
Merger-related costs
    118       639       (81.53 )
Loss on termination of ESOP
          158       NA  
Professional fees
    2,637       2,269       16.22  
Goodwill impairment charge
    160,306             NA  
Insurance expense
    3,486       2,189       59.25  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    2,114       2,252       (6.13 )
Communications expense
    2,203       2,007       9.77  
Advertising expense
    2,977       2,397       24.20  
Other operating expense
    10,383       7,445       39.46  
                         
Total
  $ 254,678     $ 78,223       NCM %
                         
 
Income Tax Expense.  We recognized income tax (benefit) expense of $(3.9) million and $(4.6) million for the fourth quarter of 2008 and year ended December 31, 2008, respectively, compared to $1.1 million and $4.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2007 and year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. The difference between the effective tax rates in 2009 and 2008 and the blended federal statutory rate of 34% and state tax rates between 5% and 6% is primarily due to the goodwill impairment charge (2008), certain tax-exempt income from investments and insurance policies. We adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) 48 as of January 1, 2007, the effect of which is described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Results of Segment Operations
 
We have two reportable segments, the Alabama Region and the Florida Region. The Alabama Region consists of operations located throughout Alabama. The Florida Region consists of operations located primarily in the Tampa Bay area and panhandle region of Florida. Please see Note 26 — Segment Reporting in the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for additional disclosure regarding our segment reporting. Operating profit (loss) by segment is presented below for the periods ended December 31:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Alabama region
  $ 4,240     $ (58,159 )   $ 15,096  
Florida region
    5,099       (81,600 )     23,448  
Administrative and other
    (42,233 )     (27,979 )     (26,789 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (13,005 )     (4,588 )     4,134  
                         
Consolidated net (loss) income
  $ (19,889 )   $ (163,150 )   $ 7,621  
                         
 
Alabama Region.  Operating income for 2009 totaled $4.2 million compared to an operating loss of $(58.2) million for 2008. The increase in profits was due primarily to a non-recurring goodwill impairment charge of $63.8 million that occurred in 2008. Operating loss for 2008 totaled $(58.2) million, which included the aforementioned goodwill impairment charge, compared to $15.1 million operating profit for 2007. See “Note 1 —


48


Table of Contents

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on the goodwill impairment charge.
 
Net interest income for 2009 increased $4.4 million, or 13.4%, compared to 2008. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in the average volume of earning assets and a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income for 2008 decreased $3.7 million, or 10.1%, compared to 2007. The decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets partly offset by an increase in the average volume of earning assets. See the analysis of net interest income included in the section captioned “Net Interest Income” elsewhere in this discussion.
 
The provision for loan losses for 2009 totaled $6.5 million compared to $4.4 million in 2008 and $3.8 million in 2007. See the analysis of the provision for loan losses included in the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” elsewhere in this discussion.
 
Noninterest income for 2009 increased $1.1 million, or 14.1%, compared to 2008. The increase was due to increases in service charges and other fees on deposit accounts due to increased account volume and pricing changes. Noninterest income for 2008 increased $0.6 million, or 8.1%, compared to 2007. The increase was due to increases in service charges on deposit accounts. See the analysis of noninterest income in the section captioned “Noninterest Income” included elsewhere in this discussion.
 
Noninterest expense for 2009 increased to $35.5 million from $30.7 million, excluding the $63.8 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge, in 2008. This increase was primarily related to increased levels of foreclosure activity. Noninterest expense for 2008 increased to $94.5 million, which included the $63.8 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge, compared to $24.9 million in 2007. Other increases were primarily related to increases in salaries and benefits and occupancy expenses that resulted from our new branch openings. See additional analysis of noninterest expense included in the section captioned “Noninterest Expense” elsewhere in this discussion.
 
Florida Region.  Operating income for 2009 totaled $5.1 million compared to an operating loss of $(81.6) million for 2008. The increase in profits was due primarily to a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $96.5 million that occurred in 2008. Operating loss for 2008 totaled $(81.6) million, which included the $96.5 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge, compared to $23.5 million operating profit for 2007. See “Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Intangible Assets” to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on the goodwill impairment charge.
 
Net interest income for 2009 increased $0.6 million, or 1.7%, compared to 2008. The increase in net interest margin was primarily the result of a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income for 2008 remained level at $38.1 million compared to 2007. The increase in the average volume of earning assets was offset by a decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets. See the analysis of net interest income included in the section captioned “Net Interest Income” included elsewhere in this discussion.
 
The provision for loan losses for 2009 totaled $10.2 million compared to $3.5 million in 2008 and $1.6 million in 2007. See the analysis of the provision for loan losses included in the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” elsewhere in this discussion.
 
Noninterest income for 2009 increased to $2.1 million, or 8.6%, compared to 2008. The increase was due to service charges on deposit accounts as a result of increases in account volumes and pricing changes. Noninterest income for 2008 increased to $1.9 million, or 12.2%, compared to 2007. The increase was due to increases in service charges on deposit accounts. See the analysis of noninterest income in the section captioned “Noninterest Income” elsewhere in this discussion.
 
Noninterest expense for 2009 decreased to $25.6 million from $118.2 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily related to a $96.5 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge in 2008. This decrease was offset by an increase in the costs of foreclosed assets. Noninterest expense for 2008 increased to $118.2 million, which included the non-cash goodwill impairment charge, compared to $14.7 million in 2007. Other increases were primarily related to increases in salaries and benefits and occupancy expenses. These increases were primarily related to our new branch openings. See additional analysis of noninterest expense included in the section captioned “Noninterest Expense” elsewhere in this discussion.


49


Table of Contents

Market Risk
 
Market risk is the exposure to unanticipated changes in net interest earnings or changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and equity prices. Our primary market risk is interest rate risk.
 
We evaluate interest rate risk and then develop guidelines regarding asset generation and re-pricing, funding sources and pricing, and off-balance sheet commitments in order to moderate interest rate risk. We use computer simulations that reflect various interest rate scenarios and the related impact on net interest income over specified periods of time. We refer to this process as asset/liability management, or (“ALM”).
 
The primary objective of ALM is to manage interest rate risk and achieve reasonable stability in net interest income throughout interest rate cycles. This is achieved by maintaining the proper balance of interest rate sensitive earning assets and liabilities. In general, management’s strategy is to match asset and liability balances within maturity categories to limit our exposure to earnings volatility and changes in the value of assets and liabilities as interest rates fluctuate over time. Adjustments to maturity categories can be accomplished either by lengthening or shortening the duration of either an individual asset or liability category, or externally through the use of interest rate contracts, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors. See the discussion below for a more detailed discussion of our various derivative positions.
 
Our asset and liability management strategy is formulated and monitored by our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which is composed of our head of asset/liability management and other senior officers, in accordance with policies approved by the Board of Directors. The ALCO meets monthly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, recent purchase and sale activity, maturities of investments and borrowings, and projected future transactions. The ALCO also establishes and approves pricing and funding decisions with respect to overall asset and liability composition. The ALCO reports regularly to our Board Loan and Investment Committee and the full Board of Directors.
 
We measure our interest rate risk by analyzing the correlation of interest-bearing assets to interest-bearing liabilities (“gap analysis”), net interest income simulation and economic value of equity (“EVE”) modeling.
 
As of December 31, 2009, Superior Bank had approximately $374 million more in interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets that could re-price to current market rates during the next 12 months. Shortcomings are inherent in any gap analysis, because the rates on certain assets and liabilities may not move proportionately as market interest rates change. For example, when national money market rates change, interest rates on our NOW, savings and money market deposit accounts may not change as much as rates on commercial loans. Superior Bank had approximately $975 million of such administratively priced deposits on December 31, 2009.
 
Superior Bank’s net interest income simulation model projects that net interest income will increase on an annual basis by 2.3%, or approximately $2.2 million, assuming an instantaneous and parallel increase in interest rates of 200 basis points. The following is a comparison of these measurements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
                 
    December 31,
12-Month Gap
  2009   2008
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest-bearing liabilities in excess of interest-earning assets based on repricing date
  $ (374,000 )   $ (297,000 )
Cumulative Ratio
    0.83       0.86  
 
                                 
    Increase in Net Interest Income
    December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008
Change (in Basis Points) in Interest Rates (12-Month Projection)
  Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
+ 200 BP(1)
  $ 2,200       2.3 %   $ 1,200       1.7 %
− 200 BP(2)
    NCM       NCM       NCM       NCM  
 
 
(1) Results are within our asset and liability management policy
 
(2) Not considered meaningful in the current rate environment (NCM).


50


Table of Contents

 
EVE is a concept related to longer-term interest rate risk. EVE is defined as the net present value of the balance sheet’s cash flows or the residual value of future cash flows. While EVE does not represent actual market liquidation or replacement value, it is a useful tool for estimating our balance sheet earnings sensitivity to changes in interest rates. The greater the EVE, the greater our earnings capacity. Superior Bank’s EVE model projects that EVE will increase 4.4% and 3.1% assuming an instantaneous and parallel increase in interest rates of 100 and 200 basis points, respectively. Assuming an instantaneous and parallel decrease of 100 basis points, EVE is projected to decrease 1.6% (although such a decline is unlikely given the present low level of interest rates). The EVE shifts produced by these scenarios are within the limits of our asset and liability management policy. The following table sets forth Superior Bank’s EVE limits as of December 31, 2009:
 
                         
          Change  
Change (in Basis Points) in Interest Rates
  EVE     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
+ 200 BP
  $ 343,900     $ 14,600       4.4 %
+ 100 BP
    339,400       10,100       3.1  
  0 BP
    329,300              
− 100 BP
    334,600       5,000       1.6  
 
Both the net interest income and EVE simulations include assumptions regarding balances, asset prepayment speeds and interest rate relationships among balances that management believes to be reasonable for the various interest rate environments. Differences in actual occurrences from these assumptions, as well as non-parallel changes in the yield curve, may change our market risk exposure.
 
Derivative Positions.
 
Overview.  Our Board of Directors has authorized the ALCO to utilize financial futures, forward sales, options, interest rate swaps, caps and floors, and other instruments to the extent necessary, in accordance with the OTS regulations and our internal policy. We expect to use interest rate swaps, caps and floors as macro hedges against inherent rate sensitivity in our securities portfolio, our loan portfolio and our liabilities.
 
Positions for hedging purposes are primarily a function of three main areas of risk exposure: (1) mismatches between assets and liabilities; (2) prepayment and other option-type risks embedded in our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments; and (3) the mismatched commitments for mortgages and funding sources. We will engage in only the following types of hedges: (1) those which synthetically alter the maturities or re-pricing characteristics of assets or liabilities to reduce imbalances; (2) those which enable us to transfer the interest rate risk exposure involved in our daily business activities; and (3) those which serve to alter the market risk inherent in our investment portfolio or liabilities and thus help us to match the effective maturities of the assets and liabilities.
 
The following is a discussion of our primary derivative positions.
 
Interest Rate Swaps
 
We have entered interest rate swaps (“CD swaps”) to convert the fixed rate paid on brokered certificates of deposit (“CDs”) to a variable rate based upon three-month LIBOR. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we had $0.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in notional amount of CD swaps which had not been designated as hedges. These CD swaps had not been designated as hedges because they represent the portion of the interest rate swaps that are over-hedged due to principal reductions on the brokered CDs.
 
We have entered into certain interest rate swaps on commercial loans that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivative contracts relate to transactions in which we enter into an interest rate swap with a loan customer while at the same time enter into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial institution. In connection with each swap transaction, we agree to pay interest to the customer on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest from the customer on a similar notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, we agree to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount. The transaction allows our customer to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. Because we act as an intermediary for our customer, changes


51


Table of Contents

in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts for the most part offset each other and do not significantly impact our results of operations.
 
Fair Value Hedges
 
As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we had $2.8 million and $5.3 million, respectively, in notional amount of CD swaps designated and qualified as fair value hedges. These CD swaps were designated as hedging instruments to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of the underlying brokered CD due to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the amount of CD swaps designated as hedging instruments had a recorded fair value of $0.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and a weighted average life of 2.5 and 6.8 years, respectively. The weighted average fixed rate (receiving rate) was 4.70% and the weighted average variable rate (paying rate) was 0.52% (LIBOR based).
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
We have entered into interest rate swap agreements designated and qualified as a hedge with notional amounts of $22.0 million to hedge the variability in cash flows on $22.0 million of junior subordinated debentures. Under the terms of the interest rate swaps which mature September 15, 2012, we receive a floating rate based on 3-month LIBOR plus 1.33% (1. 58% as of December 31, 2009) and pay a weighted average fixed rate of 4.42%. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, these interest rate swap agreements are recorded as liabilities in the amount of $0.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively.
 
Interest Rate Lock Commitments
 
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into certain commitments with customers in connection with residential mortgage loan applications. Such commitments are considered derivatives under FASB guidance and are required to be recorded at fair value. The aggregate amount of these mortgage loan origination commitments was $41.0 million and $92.7 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The fair value of the origination commitments was $(0.4) million and $(0.1) million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
 
Liquidity, Contractual Obligations and Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Overview.  The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan demand or any potential unexpected deposit withdrawals. Additionally, management strives to maximize our earnings by investing our excess funds in securities and other assets with maturities matching our liabilities. Historically, we have maintained a high loan-to-deposit ratio. To meet our short-term liquidity needs, we maintain core deposits and have borrowing capacity through the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), Federal Reserve Bank, repurchase agreements and federal funds lines. Long-term liquidity needs are also met through these sources along with the repayment of loans, sales of loans and the maturity or sale of investment securities. See “Maturity Distribution of Investment Securities” and “Selected Loan Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity” below.
 
Short-term liquid assets.  Our short-term liquid assets (cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold) increased $10.3 million, or 11.5%, to $99.8 million at December 31, 2009 from $89.4 million at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, our short-term liquid assets comprised 3.1% and 2.9% of total assets, respectively. We continually monitor our liquidity position and will increase or decrease our short-term liquid assets as necessary.
 
Maturity Distribution of Investment Securities.  The following table shows the scheduled contractual maturities and average yields of investment securities held at December 31, 2009. Within our investment securities portfolio expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment penalties in certain instances. During 2009, we received proceeds


52


Table of Contents

from calls totaling approximately $0.4 million and principal pay downs on mortgage-backed securities of approximately $59 million.
 
                                                                                 
    Maturing  
                After Five But
             
    Within One
    After One But
    Within Ten
    After
       
    Year     Within Five Years     Years     Ten Years     Total  
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Securities available-for-sale:
                                                                               
U.S. Agency securities
  $       %   $ 242       4.76 %   $ 53,914       3.99 %   $       %   $ 54,156       3.99 %
Mortgage-backed securities
    3,699       4.68       1,500       4.85       766       5.16       186,938       4.47       192,903       4.48  
State, county and municipal securities
    280       4.00       2,952       4.01       5,087       5.16       22,916       4.30       31,235       4.22  
Corporate obligations
                4,138       6.03                   13,255       2.40       17,393       4.97  
Other
                                        563       3.01       563       3.01  
                                                                                 
Total amortized cost
  $ 3,979       4.60 %   $ 8,832       4.94 %   $ 59,767       4.01 %   $ 223,672       4.39 %   $ 296,250       4.36 %
                                                                                 
 
Selected Loan Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity.  The repayment of loans as they mature is a source of liquidity for us. The following table sets forth our loans by category maturing within specified intervals at December 31, 2009. The information presented is based on the contractual maturities of the individual loans, including loans which may be subject to renewal at their contractual maturity. Renewal of such loans is subject to review and credit approval, as well as modification of terms upon their maturity. Consequently, management believes this treatment presents fairly the maturity and re-pricing of the loan portfolio.
 
                                                 
                            Rate Structure for Loans
 
          Over One Year
                Maturing Over One Year  
    One Year
    through Five
    Over Five
          Fixed
    Floating or
 
    or Less     Years     Years     Total     Interest Rate     Adjustable Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 143,334     $ 65,574     $ 4,421     $ 213,329     $ 56,384     $ 13,611  
Real estate — construction and land development
    508,564       158,311       13,570       680,445       84,969       86,912  
Real estate — mortgages
                                               
Single-family
    127,133       114,947       449,284       691,364       218,559       345,672  
Commercial
    227,749       366,222       207,842       801,813       292,575       281,489  
Other
    16,975       6,965       4,945       28,885       8,505       3,405  
Consumer
    16,137       37,060       5,588       58,785       41,705       943  
Other
    969                   969              
                                                 
Total loans
  $ 1,040,861     $ 749,079     $ 685,650     $ 2,475,590     $ 702,697     $ 732,032  
                                                 
Percent to total loans
    42.0 %     30.3 %     27.7 %     100.0 %     28.4 %     29.6 %
                                                 
 
Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More.  The maturity distribution of our time deposits over $100,000 at December 31, 2009 is shown in the following table:
 
                                     
Under
  Three to
  Six to
  Over
   
Three
  Six
  Twelve
  Twelve
   
Months
  Months   Months   Months   Total
(Dollars in thousands)
 
$ 146,399     $ 157,901     $ 288,202     $ 169,083     $ 761,585  
                                     
 
Approximately 19.2% of our time deposits over $100,000 had scheduled maturities within three months of December 31, 2009. We believe customers who hold a large denomination certificate of deposit tend to be


53


Table of Contents

extremely sensitive to interest rate levels, making these deposits a less reliable source of funding for liquidity planning purposes than core deposits.
 
Cash Flow Analysis.  As shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, operating activities used $45.6 million, and provided $26.0 million and $3.7 million in funds during the years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The significant decrease in operating funds during 2009 was primarily due to a net operating loss, a net use of funds from the origination of mortgage loans held for sale and premiums paid to the FDIC. The significant increase in operating funds during 2008 was primarily due to a net increase in the proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans held for sale over a net use of funds from the origination of mortgage loans held for sale in 2007. The net effect on operating funds will vary depending on the volume of originations and the timing of receipt of the sale proceeds, which is usually 30 to 45 days.
 
Investing activities in 2009, 2008 and 2007 were a net user of funds, primarily due to an increase in loan fundings and capital expenditures. During 2009 and 2007, we received a higher level of funds from principal payments and calls in our investment portfolio.
 
Financing activities were a net provider of funds in 2009, 2008 and 2007, as we increased our level of deposits and received $40 million during 2009 from the proceeds of a note payable. During 2009, we had a significant reduction in borrowings from the FHLB. During 2008, we had significant increases in our borrowings from the FHLB and received $69 million from the issuance of preferred stock under the CPP. During 2007, the increase in deposit funding was offset by a decrease in borrowings and the purchase of treasury stock.
 
Contractual Cash Obligations.  We have entered into certain contractual obligations and commercial commitments in the normal course of business that involve elements of credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk.
 
The following tables summarize these relationships by contractual cash obligations and commercial commitments:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less than
    One to
    Four to
    After Five
 
    Total     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Contractual Cash Obligations
                                       
Advances from FHLB(1)
  $ 218,322     $ 29,982     $ 90,000     $ 66,340     $ 32,000  
Operating leases(2)
    28,902       3,771       8,358       1,952       14,821  
Capitalized leases(2)
    4,525       275       790       252       3,208  
Note payable(3)
    47,000       7,000       40,000              
Repurchase agreements(4)
    841       841                    
Subordinated debentures(5)
    131,679                         131,679  
Limited partnership investments(6)
    213       213                    
Deferred compensation agreements(7)
    5,267       49       363       41       4,814  
Other employment related contract obligations incurred in business combinations(8)
    830       420       410              
Benefit Restoration Plan(9)
    509       57       111       106       235  
                                         
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 438,088     $ 42,608     $ 140,032     $ 68,691     $ 186,757  
                                         
 
 
(1) See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2) See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(3) See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(4) See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.


54


Table of Contents

 
(5) See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(6) See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(7) See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(8) See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(9) See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less Than
    One to
    Four to
    After Five
 
    Total     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial Commitments
                                       
Commitments to extend credit(1)
  $ 266,550     $ 152,083     $ 67,251     $ 9,612     $ 37,604  
Standby letters of credit(1)
    21,845       11,430       10,325       90        
                                         
Total commercial commitments
  $ 288,395     $ 163,513     $ 77,576     $ 9,702     $ 37,604  
                                         
 
 
(1) See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
In addition, the FHLB has issued for Superior Bank’s benefit two irrevocable letters of credit. Superior Bank has a $20 million irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the Chief Financial Officer of the State of Florida to secure certain deposits of the State of Florida. The letter of credit expires January 4, 2011 upon 60 days’ prior notice of non-renewal; otherwise, it automatically extends for a successive one-year term. In addition, Superior Bank has a $50 million irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the State of Alabama SAFE Program to secure certain deposits of the State of Alabama. This letter of credit expires on September 15, 2010 and will automatically be extended, without amendments, for successive one-year periods from the expiration date, without ninety days’ prior notice of non-renewal.
 
Financial Condition
 
Our total assets were $3.222 billion at December 31, 2009, an increase of $169.2 million, or 5.5%, from $3.053 billion as of December 31, 2008. This growth is primarily attributable to an increase in our loan portfolio, as discussed below. Our average total assets for 2009 were $3.153 billion, which was supported by average total liabilities of $2.910 billion and average total stockholders’ equity of $243.6 million.
 
Investment Portfolio.
 
Total investment securities decreased $60.8 million, or (17.5)%, to $286.3 million at December 31, 2009, from $347.1 million at December 31, 2008. Average investment securities totaled $313.5 million at December 31, 2009, compared to $346.0 million at December 31, 2008. Investment securities were 9.9% of our total interest-earning assets at December 31, 2009, compared to 12.8% at December 31, 2008. The investment securities portfolio produced average taxable equivalent yields of 5.27%, 5.46% and 5.29% for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
During 2009, we sold approximately 63 securities with combined amortized cost and fair values of $152 million and $158 million, respectively. Nearly all of the sale proceeds were reinvested in 30 federal agency securities (direct and MBS) and classified in the portfolio as available-for-sale. Given the reinvestment of nearly 100% of the sale proceeds and the minor differences in the risk characteristics of the securities sold versus those that were purchased, the net impact on the interest rate risk profile of the entire investment portfolio is relatively minor. The effective duration of the portfolio increases by 0.49 years in the current interest rate environment and increases by 0.92 and 0.77 years in the instantaneous up and down 200 basis point rate shock scenarios, respectively.
 
The credit quality of the portfolio was also enhanced as a result of the repositioning by reinvesting the sale proceeds associated with $16.2 million in amortized costs of corporate and municipal securities into a U.S. Agency debenture and U.S. Agency MBS.
 
The weighted average book yield of securities sold was 4.70% and the weighted average book yield of securities purchased was 3.75% resulting in a 0.95% decline in the book yield involving approximately $152 million


55


Table of Contents

in book value of securities. This will result in an approximate 5.0 basis point decline in the overall net interest margin going forward or an annual pre-tax effect of approximately $1.44 million. In other words, we accelerated a book gain of $5.65 million into the current period at the cost of lower earnings of $1.44 million for the duration of the decision (3.9 years). This sale also resulted in an increase in our total capital to risk weighted assets of approximately 5 basis points.
 
The following table sets forth the fair value of the available-for-sale securities we held at the dates indicated:
 
Investment Portfolio
 
                         
    December 31,     Percent
 
    2009     2008     Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Investment securities available for sale:
                       
U.S. agency securities
  $ 53,681     $ 3,843       NCM  
Mortgage-backed securities (MBS):
                       
U.S. Agency MBS — residential
    163,724       237,508       (31.1 )%
U.S. Agency MBS — collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”)
    12,759       16,186       (21.2 )
Private-label — CMO
    16,191       26,430       (38.7 )
                         
Total MBS
    192,674       280,124       (31.2 )
                         
State, county and municipal securities
    31,462       40,622       (22.5 )
                         
Corporate obligations:
                       
Corporate debt
    4,000       5,746       (30.4 )
Pooled trust preferred securities
    3,203       9,939       (67.8 )
Single issue trust preferred securities
    977       6,704       (85.4 )
                         
Total corporate obligations
    8,180       22,389       (63.5 )
                         
Equity securities
    313       164       90.9  
                         
Total investment securities available for sale
  $ 286,310     $ 347,142       (17.5 )%
                         
 
 
 
NCM — Not considered meaningful.


56


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2009 by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Less Than 12 Months     More Than 12 Months     Total  
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
    Fair Value     Losses(1)     Fair Value     Losses(1)     Fair Value     Losses(1)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Temporarily Impaired
                                               
U.S. agency securities
  $ 48,409     $ 505     $     $     $ 48,409     $ 505  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
U.S. Agency MBS — residential
    75,493       272       239       10       75,732       282  
U.S. Agency MBS — CMO
    6,036       97                   6,036       97  
Private-label — CMO
                12,059       1,753       12,059       1,753  
                                                 
Total MBS
    81,529       369       12,298       1,763       93,827       2,132  
                                                 
State, county and municipal securities
    7,360       121       1,019       102       8,379       223  
                                                 
Corporate obligations:
                                               
Corporate debt
                4,000       138       4,000       138  
Single issue trust preferred securities
                977       4,023       977       4,023  
                                                 
Total corporate obligations
                4,977       4,161       4,977       4,161  
Equity securities
                314       250       314       250  
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities
    137,298       995       18,608       6,276       155,906       7,271  
Other-than-temporarily Impaired
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Private-label — CMO
                3,037       1,618       3,037       1,618  
Corporate obligations:
                                               
Pooled trust preferred securities
                3,203       5,052       3,203       5,052  
                                                 
Total OTTI securities
                6,240       6,670       6,240       6,670  
                                                 
Total temporarily and other-than-temporarily impaired
  $ 137,298     $ 995     $ 24,848     $ 12,946     $ 162,146     $ 13,941  
                                                 
 
 
 
(1) Unrealized losses are included in other comprehensive income (loss), net of unrealized gains and applicable income taxes.


57


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008 by aggregated major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2008  
    Less Than 12 Months     More Than 12 Months     Total  
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
    Fair Value     Losses(1)     Fair Value     Losses(1)     Fair Value     Losses(1)  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
 
Temporarily Impaired
                                               
U.S. agency securities
  $     $     $ 249     $ 2     $ 249     $ 2  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
U.S. Agency MBS — residential
    21,602       178       3,655       32       25,257       210  
U.S. Agency MBS — CMO
                700       3       700       3  
Private-label — CMO
    17,126       3,912       3,017       124       20,143       4,036  
                                                 
Total MBS
    38,728       4,090       7,372       159       46,100       4,249  
                                                 
State, county and municipal securities
    17,275       831       3,662       371       20,937       1,202  
                                                 
Corporate obligations:
                                               
Corporate debt
                5,745       198       5,745       198  
Pooled trust preferred securities
    896       481       9,043       3,970       9,939       4,451  
Single issue trust preferred securities
                6,705       3,296       6,705       3,296  
                                                 
Total corporate obligations
    896       481       21,493       7,464       22,389       7,945  
Equity securities
    164       399                   164       399  
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 57,063     $ 5,801     $ 32,776     $ 7,996     $ 89,839     $ 13,797  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Unrealized losses are included in other comprehensive income (loss), net of unrealized gains and applicable income taxes.
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment.
 
Management evaluates securities for OTTI at least on a quarterly basis. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating the portfolio into the various segments outlined in the tables above and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI according to ASC 320-10 guidance. In addition, certain purchased beneficial interests, which may include private-label mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in ASC 325-40 guidance.
 
In determining OTTI according to FASB guidance, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions and (4) whether we have the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.
 
The pooled trust preferred segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the model, we compare the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. An OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.


58


Table of Contents

When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI is recognized in earnings at an amount equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.
 
At December 31, 2009, our securities portfolio consisted of 228 securities, 79 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The majority of unrealized losses are related to our private-label CMOs and trust preferred securities, as discussed below.
 
Mortgage-backed Securities.
 
At December 31, 2009, approximately 92% of the dollar volume of mortgage-backed securities we held was issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae, GNMA and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support, and these securities have nominal unrealized losses. Our mortgage-backed securities portfolio also includes 12 private-label CMOs with a market value of $16.2 million, which had net unrealized losses of approximately $3.2 million at December 31, 2009. These private-label CMOs were rated AAA at purchase. The following is a summary of the investment grades for these securities (Dollars in thousands):
 
                         
          Credit Support
       
          Coverage
    Unrealized
 
Rating Moody/Fitch
  Count     Ratios(1)     Loss  
 
A1/AAA
    1       3.07     $ (137 )
Aaa/AAA
    1       4.18       (5 )
Aaa/NR
    1       N/A       (1 )
NR/AAA
    1       6.29       (374 )
NR/AA
    1       2.84       (339 )
NR/A+
    1       3.08       (111 )
Baa2/NR
    1       N/A       (622 )
B2/AAA
    1       3.59       (162 )
Caa1/NR(2)
    1       1.43       (1,619 )
Ca/NR(2)
    1       0.00        
NR/CCC(2)
    2       0.26-0.53       151  
                         
Total
    12             $ (3,219 )
                         
 
 
(1) The Credit Support Coverage Ratio, which is the ratio that determines the multiple of credit support, based on assumptions for the performance of the loans within the delinquency pipeline. The assumptions used are: Current Collateral Support/ ((60 day delinquencies x.60) + (90 day delinquencies x.70) + (foreclosures x 1.00) + (other real estate x 1.00)) x .40 for loss severity.
 
(2) Includes all private-label CMOs that have OTTI. See discussion that follows.
 
During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, we recognized a $1.9 million, pre-tax non-cash OTTI charge on three private-label CMOs which experienced significant rating downgrades in those respective quarters. These downgrades continued in the second, third and fourth quarters of 2009 and resulted in a total OTTI of $6.9 million, including a credit portion of $4.6 million. The assumptions used in the valuation model include expected future


59


Table of Contents

default rates, loss severity and prepayments. The model also takes into account the structure of the security, including credit support. Based on these assumptions, the model calculates and projects the timing and amount of interest and principal payments expected for the security. At December 31, 2009, the fair values of these four securities totaling $4.1 million were measured using Level 3 inputs because the market for them has become illiquid, as indicated by few, if any, trades during the period. These securities were previously measured using Level 2 inputs prior to the second quarter of 2009. The discount rates used in the valuation model were based on a yield that the market would require for such securities with maturities and risk characteristics similar to the securities being measured (See Notes 3 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements). The following table provides additional information regarding these CMO valuations as of December 31, 2009 (Dollars in thousands):
 
                                                                                 
          Discount
                            Life-to-Date
 
          Margin
                      Actual
    Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment  
    Price
    Basis
          Cumulative
    Average
    60+ Days
    Credit Portion              
Security
  (%)     Points     Yield     Default     Security     Delinquent     2008     2009     Other     Total  
 
CMO 1
    19.90       1698       18.00 %     58.60 %     50.00 %     15.31 %   $ (599 )   $ (1,231 )   $ (195 )   $ (2,025 )
CMO 2
    2.08       1777       18.00 %     59.70 %     60.00 %     31.52 %     (492 )     (1,443 )     (127 )     (2,062 )
CMO 3
    22.15       1598       17.00 %     47.65 %     45.00 %     26.13 %     (803 )     (1,558 )     (332 )     (2,693 )
CMO 4
    60.73       1362       17.00 %     27.60 %     45.00 %     14.82 %           (345 )     (1,619 )     (1,964 )
                                                                                 
                                                    $ (1,894 )   $ (4,577 )   $ (2,273 )   $ (8,744 )
                                                                                 
 
As of December 31, 2009, our management does not intend to sell these securities, nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to sell the securities before the entire amortized cost basis is recovered since our current financial condition, including liquidity and interest rate risk, will not require such action.
 
State, county and municipal securities.
 
The unrealized losses in the municipal securities portfolio are primarily impacted by changes in interest rates. This portfolio segment is not experiencing any credit problems at December 31, 2009. We believe that all contractual cash flows will be received on this portfolio.
 
Trust Preferred Securities.
 
Our investment portfolio includes five pooled trust preferred securities (“CDO”) and two single issuances. The determination of fair value of the CDO’s was determined with the assistance of an external valuation firm. The valuation was accomplished by evaluating all relevant credit and structural aspects of the CDOs, determining appropriate performance assumptions and performing a discounted cash flow analysis. The valuation was structured as follows:
 
  •  Detailed credit and structural evaluation for each piece of collateral in the CDO;
 
  •  Collateral performance projections for each piece of collateral in the CDO (default, recovery and prepayment/amortization probabilities);
 
  •  Terms of the CDO structure, as laid out in the indenture;
 
  •  The cash flow waterfall (for both interest and principal);
 
  •  Overcollateralization and interest coverage tests;
 
  •  Events of default/liquidation;
 
  •  Mandatory auction call;
 
  •  Optional redemption;
 
  •  Hedge agreements; and
 
  •  Discounted cash flow modeling.
 
On the basis of the evaluation of collateral credit, and in combination with a review of historical industry default data and current/near-term operating conditions, appropriate default and recovery probabilities are


60


Table of Contents

determined for each piece of collateral in the CDO. Specifically, an estimate of the probability that a given piece of collateral will default in any given year. Next, on the basis of credit factors like asset quality and leverage, a recovery assumption is formulated for each piece of collateral in the event of a default. For collateral that has already defaulted, we assume no recovery. For collateral that is deferring we assume a recovery rate of 10%. It is also noted that there is a possibility, in some cases, that deferring collateral will become current at some point in the future. As a result, deferring issuers are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and in some instances, based on an analysis of the credit; a probability is assigned that the deferral will ultimately cure.
 
The base-case collateral-specific assumptions are aggregated into cumulative weighted-average default, recovery and prepayment probabilities. In light of generally weakening collateral credit performance and a challenging U.S. credit and real estate environment, our assumptions generally imply a larger amount of collateral defaults during the next three years than that which has been experienced historically and a gradual leveling off of defaults thereafter.
 
The discount rates used to determine fair value are intended to reflect the uncertainty inherent in the projection of the issuance’s cash flows. Therefore, spreads were chosen that are comparable to spreads observed currently in the market for similarly rated instruments and is intended to reflect general market discounts currently applied to structured credit products. The discount rates used to determine the credit portion of the OTTI are equal to the current yield on the issuances as prescribed under ASC 325-40.
 
The following tables provide various information and fair value model assumptions regarding our CDOs at December 31, 2009 (Dollars in thousands):
 
                                                                 
                                  Year-to-Date
 
                                  Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment  
    Single/
    Class/
    Amortized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Credit
             
Name
  Pooled     Tranche     Cost     Value     Loss     Portion     Other     Total  
 
MM Caps Funding I Ltd
    Pooled       MEZ     $ 1,895     $ 745     $ (1,150 )   $ (245 )   $ (1,150 )   $ (1,395 )
MM Community Funding Ltd
    Pooled       B       2,110       881       (1,229 )     (2,921 )     (1,229 )     (4,150 )
Preferred Term Securities V
    Pooled       MEZ       1,218       436       (782 )     (165 )     (782 )     (947 )
Tpref Funding III Ltd
    Pooled       B-2       3,032       1,141       (1,891 )     (962 )     (1,891 )     (2,853 )
Trapeza 2007-13A LLC
    Pooled       D                         (1,876 )           (1,876 )
New South Capital Corp(1)
    Single       Sole                         (5,000 )           (5,000 )
Emigrant Capital Trust(2)
    Single       Sole       5,000       977       (4,023 )                  
                                                                 
                    $ 13,255     $ 4,180     $ (9,075 )   $ (11,169 )   $ (5,052 )   $ (16,221 )
                                                                 
 
                                         
                Original Collateral —
    Performing Collateral —
       
                Percent of Actual
    Percent of Expected
       
    Lowest
    Performing
    Deferrals and
    Deferrals and
    Excess
 
Name
  Rating     Banks     Defaults     Defaults     Subordination(3)  
 
MM Caps Funding I Ltd
    Ca       23       15%       23%       0%  
MM Community Funding Ltd
    Ca       8       21%       83%       0%  
Preferred Term Securities V
    CC       1       5%       54%       0%  
Tpref Funding III Ltd
    Ca       25       23%       24%       0%  
Trapeza 2007-13A LLC
    C       38       27%       27%       0%  
New South Capital Corp(1)
    NR       NA       NA       NA       NA  
Emigrant Capital Trust(2)
    CC       NA       NA       NA       NA  
 


61


Table of Contents

                         
    Fair Value
    Discount Margin
    Yield
 
Name
  (Price to Par)     (Basis Points)     (Basis Points)  
 
MM Caps Funding I Ltd
  $ 37.26       Swap + 1800       9.48% Fixed  
MM Community Funding Ltd
    17.61       LIBOR + 1300       LIBOR + 310  
Preferred Term Securities V
    31.67       LIBOR + 1300       LIBOR + 210  
Tpref Funding III Ltd
    28.53       LIBOR + 1200       LIBOR + 190  
Trapeza 2007-13A LLC
          NA       LIBOR + 120  
Emigrant Capital Trust(2)
    19.53       LIBOR + 2342       LIBOR + 200  
 
 
(1) Management received notification in April 2009 that interest payments on this issue will be deferred for up to 20 quarters. In addition, New South’s external auditor issued a going concern opinion on May 2, 2009. Management determined that there was not sufficient positive evidence that this issue will ever pay principal or interest. Therefore, OTTI was recognized on the full amount of the security during the first quarter of 2009. In December 2009, the banking subsidiary of New South Capital was closed by its regulator and placed in receivership.
 
(2) There has been no notification of deferral or default on this issue. An analysis of the company, including discussion with its management, indicates there is adequate capital and liquidity to service the debt. The discount margin of 2342 basis points was derived from implied credit spreads from certain publicly traded trust preferred securities within the issuers peer group.
 
(3) Excess subordination represents the additional defaults in excess of both the current and projected defaults the issue can absorb before the security experiences any credit impairment. Excess subordination is calculated by determining what level of defaults an issue can experience before the security has any credit impairment and then subtracting both the current and projected future defaults.
 
In addition to the impact of interest rates, the estimated fair value of these CDOs have been and continue to be depressed due to the unusual credit conditions that the financial industry has faced since the middle of 2008 and a weakening economy, which has severely reduced the demand for these securities and rendered their trading market inactive.
 
As of December 31, 2009, our management does not intend to sell these securities, nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to sell the securities before the entire amortized cost basis is recovered since our current financial condition, including liquidity and interest rate risk, will not require such action.
 
The following table provides a rollforward of the amount of credit-related losses recognized in earnings for which a portion of OTTI has been recognized in other comprehensive income through December 31, 2009:
 
         
    For the
 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $  
Amounts related to credit losses for which an OTTI was not previously recognized
    4,637  
Reductions for securities sold during the period
     
Increases in credit loss for which an OTTI was previously recognized when the investor does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost
    4,232  
Reductions for securities where there is an intent to sale or requirement to sale
     
Reductions for increases in cash flows expected to be collected
     
         
Balance at end of period
  $ 8,869  
         

62


Table of Contents

We will continue to evaluate the investment ratings in the securities portfolio, severity in pricing declines, market price quotes along with timing and receipt of amounts contractually due. Based upon these and other factors, the securities portfolio may experience further impairment.
 
Stock in the FHLB of Atlanta (“FHLB Atlanta”).
 
As of December 31, 2009, we have stock in FHLB Atlanta totaling $18.2 million (its par value), which is presented separately on the face of our statement of financial condition. There is no ready market for the stock and no quoted market values, as only member institutions are eligible to be shareholders and all transactions are, by charter, to take place at par with FHLB Atlanta as the only purchaser. Therefore, we account for this investment as a long-term asset and carry it at cost. Management reviews this stock quarterly for impairment and conducts its analysis in accordance with ASC 942-325-35-3.
 
Management’s determination as to whether this investment is impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of its par value (cost) rather than recognizing temporary declines in its value. The determination of whether the decline affects the ultimate recoverability of our investment is influenced by available information regarding criteria such as:
 
  •  The significance of the decline in net assets of FHLB Atlanta as compared to the capital stock amount for FHLB Atlanta and the length of time this decline has persisted;
 
  •  Commitments by FHLB Atlanta to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of FHLB Atlanta;
 
  •  The impact of legislative and regulatory changes on financial institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of FHLB Atlanta; and
 
  •  The liquidity position of FHLB Atlanta.
 
Management has reviewed publicly available information regarding the financial condition of FHLB Atlanta and concluded that no impairment existed based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of the par value of the investment. Management noted that FHLB Atlanta reported operating income of $191.7 million and $11.1 million during the second and third quarters of 2009, respectively. In addition, during the second quarter of 2009, FHLB Atlanta reinstated its dividend, at a rate of 0.84% and 0.41%, for the second and third quarters of 2009, respectively, compared to a prior rate of 2.89% for the last dividend paid in the third quarter of 2008, prior to its dividend suspension. On the basis of a review of the financial condition, cash flow, liquidity and asset quality indicators of the FHLB Atlanta as of the end of its third quarter of 2009, as well as the decision of FHLB Atlanta to reinstate the dividend announced in the third quarter, management has concluded that no impairment exists on our investment in the stock of FHLB Atlanta. This is a long-term investment that serves a business purpose of enabling us to enhance the liquidity of Superior Bank through access to the lending facilities of FHLB Atlanta. For the foregoing reasons, management believes that FHLB Atlanta’s current position does not indicate that our investment will not be recoverable at par, our cost, and thus the investment is not impaired as of December 31, 2009.
 
Tax lien certificates.  During 2009, we purchased $38.4 million in tax lien certificates from various municipalities primarily in Alabama, Missouri, Indiana, Mississippi, Illinois, New Jersey and South Carolina. During 2009, we also had tax lien certificates in Florida, Colorado and Nebraska. At December 31, 2009, there were no outstanding tax lien certificates in Colorado. Tax lien certificates are carried at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Tax lien certificates and resulting deeds are classified as nonaccrual when a tax lien certificate is 24 to 48 months delinquent from the acquisition date, depending on the municipality. At that time, interest ceases to be accrued. At December 31, 2009, approximately $2.1 million in liens had a maturity date of less than one year. As of December 31, 2009, there were no delinquent or nonperforming liens. During 2009, approximately $1.8 million in liens that had matured or had near term maturities were sold to a third party. The outstanding tax lien balances for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $19.3 million and $23.8 million, respectively.
 
Property and Equipment.  Property and equipment totaled $104.0 million at December 31, 2009, a decrease of (0.1)%, or $(0.1) million, from $104.1 million at December 31, 2008. During 2009, we had purchases of property and equipment of approximately $8.5 million and dispositions of approximately $1.3 million. Our purchases were


63


Table of Contents

primarily related to new branch expansion and dispositions were related to real property sales. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $7.2 million, $6.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively.
 
Rental expense related to operating lease commitments during 2009 was $3.8 million, a $0.1 million increase from $3.7 million in 2008, which increased $1.2 million as a result of our acquisitions, branch expansion and related sale-lease back transactions from $2.5 million in 2007. Please refer to our “Liquidity” discussion for the amount of future operating lease commitments.
 
Loans, net of unearned income.
 
Composition of Loan Portfolios, Yield Changes and Diversification.  Our loans, net of unearned income, totaled $2.473 billion at December 31, 2009, an increase of 6.8%, or $157.8 million, from $2.315 billion at December 31, 2008. Mortgage loans held for sale totaled $71.9 million at December 31, 2009, an increase of $49.8 million from $22.0 million at December 31, 2008. Average loans, including mortgage loans held for sale, totaled $2.463 billion for 2009, compared to $2.173 billion for 2008. Loans, net of unearned income, comprised 85.4% of interest-earning assets at December 31, 2009, compared to 84.4% at December 31, 2008. Mortgage loans held for sale comprised 2.5% of interest-earning assets at December 31, 2009, compared to 0.8% at December 31, 2008. The average yield of the loan portfolio was 5.87%, 6.77% and 8.18% for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in average yield is primarily the result of a generally lower level of market rates that prevailed throughout 2009.
 
Our focus in business development has been toward increasing commercial and industrial lending and have continued to seek attractive commercial development loans, which we believe continue to be profitable if properly underwritten.
 
The following table details the distribution of our loan portfolio by category for the periods presented:
 
Distribution of Loans by Category
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 213,329     $ 207,372     $ 183,013     $ 172,872     $ 135,454  
Real estate — construction and land development
    680,445       637,587       665,303       547,772       326,418  
Real estate — mortgages
                                       
Single-family
    691,364       655,216       540,277       456,341       243,183  
Commercial
    801,813       726,704       533,611       362,542       210,611  
Other
    28,885       31,187       41,535       46,895       27,503  
Consumer
    58,785       57,877       53,377       54,462       21,122  
Other
    969       972       1,235       438       498  
                                         
Total loans
    2,475,590       2,316,915       2,018,351       1,641,322       964,789  
Unearned income
    (2,893 )     (1,994 )     (1,340 )     (1,794 )     (1,536 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (41,884 )     (28,850 )     (22,868 )     (18,892 )     (12,011 )
                                         
Net loans
  $ 2,430,813     $ 2,286,071     $ 1,994,143     $ 1,620,636     $ 951,242  
                                         


64


Table of Contents

The following table shows the amount of total loans, net of unearned income, by segment and the percent change for the dates indicated:
 
                         
    December 31,     Percent
 
    2009     2008     Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Total loans, net of unearned income
  $ 2,472,697     $ 2,314,921       6.8 %
Alabama segment
    996,545       935,232       6.6  
Florida segment
    1,213,202       1,060,994       14.3  
Other
    262,950       318,695       (17.5 )
 
A further analysis of the components of our real estate construction and land development and real estate mortgage loans as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:
 
                         
    Residential
    Commercial
       
Real Estate — Construction and Land Development
  Development     Development     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
As of December 31, 2009
                       
Alabama segment
  $ 163,978     $ 102,339     $ 266,317  
Florida segment
    129,590       265,767       395,357  
Other
    7,856       10,915       18,771  
                         
Total
  $ 301,424     $ 379,021     $ 680,445  
                         
As of December 31, 2008
                       
Alabama segment
  $ 173,579     $ 94,145     $ 267,724  
Florida segment
    141,003       215,261       356,264  
Other
    122       13,477       13,599  
                         
Total
  $ 314,704     $ 322,883     $ 637,587  
                         
 
                 
    Single-
       
Real Estate — Mortgages
  Family     Commercial  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
As of December 31, 2009
               
Alabama segment
  $ 461,365     $ 296,520  
Florida segment
    189,245       475,218  
Other
    40,754       30,075  
                 
Total
  $ 691,364     $ 801,813  
                 
As of December 31, 2008
               
Alabama segment
  $ 416,129     $ 305,714  
Florida segment
    176,315       391,609  
Other
    62,772       29,381  
                 
Total
  $ 655,216     $ 726,704  
                 
 
Additional information and analysis regarding our loan portfolio is included in Item 1, Part 1, Business, under the heading “Loan Portfolio.”
 
Allowance for Loan Losses.
 
Overview.  It is the responsibility of management to assess and maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level it believes is appropriate to absorb the estimated credit losses within our loan portfolio through the provision for loan losses. The determination of our allowance for loan losses is based on management’s analysis of the credit quality of the loan portfolio including its judgment regarding certain internal and external factors that affect loan


65


Table of Contents

collectability. This process is performed on a quarterly basis under the oversight of the Board of Directors. The estimation of the allowance for loan losses is based on two basic components — those estimations calculated in accordance with the requirements of ASC 450-20, and those specific impairments under ASC 310-35 (see discussions below). The calculation of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective, and actual losses could be greater or less than the estimates.
 
ASC 450-20.  Under ASC 450-20, estimated losses on all loans that have not been identified with specific impairment under ASC 310-35 are calculated based on the historical loss ratios applied to our standard loan categories using a rolling average adjusted for certain qualitative factors, as shown below. In addition to these standard loan categories, management may identify other areas of risk based on its analysis of such qualitative factors and estimate additional losses as it deems necessary. The qualitative factors that management uses in its estimate include but are not limited to the following:
 
  •  trends in volume;
  •  effects of changes in credit concentrations;
  •  levels of and trends in delinquencies, classified loans and non-performing assets;
  •  levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;
  •  changes in lending policies and underwriting guidelines;
  •  national and local economic trends and condition; and
  •  mergers and acquisitions.
 
ASC 310-35.  Pursuant to ASC 310-35, impaired loans are loans (See “Impaired Loans” section below) which are specifically reviewed and for which it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan with the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A valuation allowance is provided to the extent that the measure of the impaired loans is less than the recorded investment. A loan is not considered impaired during a period of delay in payment if we continue to expect that all amounts due will ultimately be collected according to the terms of the loan agreement. Our Credit Administration department maintains supporting documentation regarding collateral valuations and/or discounted cash flow analyses.
 
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses calculation is segregated into various segments that include specific allocations for loans, portfolio segments and general allocations for portfolio risk.
 
Risk ratings are subject to independent review by internal loan review, which also performs ongoing, independent review of the risk management process. The risk management process includes underwriting, documentation and collateral control. Loan review is centralized and independent of the lending function. The loan review results are reported to senior management and the Audit and Enterprise Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors. Credit Administration relies upon the independent work of loan review in risk rating in developing its recommendations to the Audit and Enterprise Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors for the allocation of the allowance for loan losses, and performs this function independent of the lending area of Superior Bank.
 
We historically have allocated our allowance for loan losses to specific loan categories. Although the allowance for loan losses is allocated, it is available to absorb losses in the entire loan portfolio. This allocation is made for estimation purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the allocation between categories in which future losses may occur, nor is it limited to the categories to which it is allocated.


66


Table of Contents

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
 
                                                                                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
 
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
 
          in Each
          in Each
          in Each
          in Each
          in Each
 
          Category
          Category
          Category
          Category
          Category
 
          to Total
          to Total
          to Total
          to Total
          to Total
 
    Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 2,356       8.6 %   $ 2,136       8.9 %   $ 2,697       9.1 %   $ 3,719       10.5 %   $ 3,805       14.0 %
Real estate — construction and land development
    17,971       27.5       12,168       27.5       9,396       33.0       3,425       33.4       1,275       33.8  
Real estate — mortgages
                                                                               
Single-family
    12,342       27.9       7,159       28.3       2,360       26.8       2,910       27.8       1,395       25.2  
Commercial
    7,019       32.4       5,440       31.3       6,781       26.4       6,206       22.0       4,194       21.8  
Other
    371       1.2       247       1.3       155       2.1       530       2.9       215       2.9  
Consumer
    1,825       2.4       1,700       2.7       1,479       2.6       2,102       3.4       1,127       2.3  
                                                                                 
Total
  $ 41,884       100.0 %   $ 28,850       100.0 %   $ 22,868       100.0 %   $ 18,892       100.0 %   $ 12,011       100.0 %
                                                                                 
 
The allowance as a percentage of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2009 was 1.69%, compared to 1.25% as of December 31, 2008. Net charge-offs increased $8.4 million, from $7.1 million in 2008 to $15.5 million in 2009. Net charge-offs of commercial loans increased $1.3 million, from (a net recovery) of $(0.1) million in 2008 to $1.2 million in 2009. Net charge-offs of real estate loans increased $6.0 million, from $4.9 million in 2008 to $10.9 million in 2009. Net charge-offs of consumer loans increased $0.9 million, to $3.2 million in 2009 from $2.3 million in 2008. Net charge-offs as a percentage of the allowance for loan losses were 37.04% in 2009, up from 24.71% in 2008.
 
Real estate construction and development loans are loans where real estate developers acquired raw land with the intent of developing the land into either residential or commercial property. These loans are highly dependent upon development of the property as the primary source of repayment with the collateral disposal and/or guarantor strength as the secondary source; thus, the borrowers are dependent upon the completion of the project, the sale of the property or their own personal cash flow to service the debt. The largest category in the residential development and construction portfolio is related to development of single-family lots and single-family lots held by experienced, licensed builders for the future construction of single-family homes. This category represents approximately $123.4 million, or 40.9%, of this portfolio. Geographically, approximately 49.8% of this portfolio was located in the Florida Region with the remainder located in the Alabama Region.
 
During 2009, we increased the allowance for loan losses related to construction and land development real estate loans by $5.8 million, from $12.2 million as of December 31, 2008 to $18.0 million as of December 31, 2009, because of increasing levels of risk due to general economic conditions in the construction and land development real estate markets throughout our franchise. Net charge-offs for this category increased $2.7 million, from $2.1 million in 2008 to $4.8 million in 2009. Net losses in residential development and construction accounted for $4.7 million, or 99.5%, of the total losses from this portfolio segment, with a negligible portion coming from commercial construction. Of the residential purpose loan losses, 82% were located in Florida, with the remainder in Alabama.
 
Our allocation of the allowance for loan losses related to single-family mortgage loans increased $5.2 million, to $12.3 million at December 31, 2009 from $7.2 million at December 31, 2008. This allocation reflects the increased risk exposure due to the current downturn in the national economy and the effect on the housing sector which has increased our foreclosure activity within this portfolio. The following table includes our high


67


Table of Contents

loan-to-value (“LTV”) loans secured by single family properties, without private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) or other government guarantee at December 31, 2009:
 
                                                                                 
                Past Due and Nonaccrual  
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
 
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
 
          to
          to
          to
          to
          to
 
    Total
    Total
          Total
          Total
          Total
          Total
 
    Outstanding
    Single-
    30-
    Single-
    90 days
    Single-
    Non-
    Single-
          Single-
 
    Balance     Family     89 days     Family     or more     Family     accrual     Family     Total     Family  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
90% up to 100% LTV
  $ 31,751       4.6 %   $ 260       0.0 %   $           $ 1,446       0.2 %   $ 1,706       0.2 %
100% and greater LTV
    4,937       0.7       469       0.1                   392       0.1       861       0.2  
                                                                                 
Total
  $ 36,688       5.3     $ 729       0.1     $           $ 1,838       0.3     $ 2,567       0.4  
                                                                                 
 
The overall increases in loss experience, nonperforming loans and pressure on home values continued to influence management’s risk assessment and decision to increase the allocation of the allowance for loan losses for single-family residential mortgages during 2009. At December 31, 2009, single-family residential mortgages accounted for $52.3 million, or 33%, of total nonperforming loans, up $29.6 million from $22.7 million as of December 31, 2008. Foreclosure activity during 2009 resulted in $28.9 million of new foreclosures, with residential construction properties accounting for $11.9 million, 41% of the new foreclosures, commercial construction represented $0.9 million, or 3% of the total; single family residential properties accounting for $11.7 million, or 40%, of the total; and commercial real estate (“CRE”) properties accounting for another $4.7 million, or 16%. Approximately 52% of 2009 foreclosures originated in Alabama, the remaining 48% in Florida. Our ORE acquired through foreclosure totaled $41.6 million at December 31, 2009 an increase of $21.6 million from $20.0 million at December 31, 2008. See the “Nonperforming Assets” section below for more information regarding our foreclosed ORE.s
 
Our consumer loan charge-offs were higher during 2009 when compared to 2008, primarily due to the increased losses in our consumer finance companies, which accounted for approximately $2.5 million, or 78.9%, of the total net consumer loan charge-offs. Going forward, we expect these losses to continue to be a substantial portion of the overall consumer loan losses; however, we believe the increased risk associated with these loans is offset by their higher yield.
 
The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans, excluding troubled debt restructurings (“TDR’s”), decreased to 26.25% at December 31, 2009 from 45.98% at December 31, 2008. Approximately $11.6 million of the allowance for loan losses has been specifically allocated to nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, nonperforming loans totaled $159.6 million, of which $156.2 million, or 97.9%, were loans secured by real estate compared to $61.4 million, or 97.8%, as of December 31, 2008. See “Nonperforming Assets”. Despite the overall decline in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans, management believes the overall allowance for loan losses to be adequate.


68


Table of Contents

Summary of Loan Loss Experience.  The following table summarizes certain information with respect to our allowance for loan losses and the composition of charge-offs and recoveries for the periods indicated:
 
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period
  $ 28,850     $ 22,868     $ 18,892     $ 12,011     $ 12,543  
Allowance of acquired banks
                3,717       6,697        
Charge-offs:
                                       
Commercial and industrial
    1,390       504       1,162       1,450       2,097  
Real estate — construction and land development
    4,870       2,095       301       378       358  
Real estate — mortgage
                                       
Single-family
    5,372       2,460       1,149       625       795  
Commercial
    1,094       411       724       416       1,432  
Other
    210       241       206       15       85  
Consumer
    3,346       2,490       2,117       860       630  
Other
    379       243       63       2       345  
                                         
Total charge-offs
    16,661       8,444       5,722       3,746       5,742  
Recoveries:
                                       
Commercial and industrial
    161       646       398       465       413  
Real estate — construction and land development
    68       44       286       126       37  
Real estate — mortgage
                                       
Single-family
    71       89       174       102       335  
Commercial
    277       128       70       363       526  
Other
    251       71       82       73       118  
Consumer
    186       181       382       301       280  
Other
    131       155       48             1  
                                         
Total recoveries
    1,145       1,314       1,440       1,430       1,710  
                                         
Net charge-offs
    15,516       7,130       4,282       2,316       4,032  
Provision for loan losses
    28,550       13,112       4,541       2,500       3,500  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses at end of period
  $ 41,884     $ 28,850     $ 22,868     $ 18,892     $ 12,011  
                                         
Loans at end of period, net of unearned income
  $ 2,472,697     $ 2,314,921     $ 2,017,011     $ 1,639,528     $ 963,253  
Average loans, net of unearned income
    2,401,805       2,147,524       1,814,032       1,176,844       947,212  
Ratio of ending allowance to ending loans
    1.69 %     1.25 %     1.13 %     1.15 %     1.25 %
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
    0.65       0.33       0.24       0.20       0.43  
Net charge-offs as a percentage of:
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    54.35       54.38       94.30       92.64       115.20  
Allowance for loan losses
    37.04       24.71       18.72       12.26       33.57  
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans
    26.25       45.98       92.77       227.97       261.17  
 
Nonperforming Assets.  Nonperforming assets increased $118.5 million, to $201.5 million as of December 31, 2009 from $83.0 million as of December 31, 2008. As a percentage of net loans plus nonperforming assets, nonperforming assets increased to 8.01% at December 31, 2009 from 3.56% at December 31, 2008. The overall increase in nonperforming assets was primarily related to real estate construction, residential mortgage loans and commercial real estate portfolios. As of December 31, 2009, nonperforming residential mortgage loans increased $29.6 million to $52.3 million from $22.7 million as of December 31, 2008. Sixteen loans in excess of $0.5 million accounted for $17.3 million, or 59% of the increase; the average loan balance of all new nonperforming residential loans was $148,000, with the majority, or 57%, located in Florida. Approximately 86% of the increase in nonperforming real estate construction consists of ten real estate construction credits over $1 million totaling


69


Table of Contents

$44.0 million. Seven of these large credits, totaling $21.6 million, are located in Florida, $14.7 million in Alabama and $7.7 million in Kentucky. The commercial real estate increase of $15.0 million from December 31, 2008 consists primarily of three Florida commercial real estate credits, representing $12.0 million of the total increase, in the hospitality, multifamily and retail concentration categories. Our management continues to actively work to mitigate the risks of loss across all categories of the loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2009, of our total nonperforming credits, only 23 are in excess of $1.0 million in principal balance, which gives evidence of the granularity of this portfolio and explains our approach of liquidating it on a loan-by-loan basis rather than in large bulk sales. The following table shows our nonperforming assets for the dates shown:
 
Nonperforming Assets
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Nonaccrual
  $ 155,631     $ 54,712     $ 22,533     $ 7,773     $ 4,550  
Accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent
    3,920       8,033       2,117       514       49  
                                         
Total nonperforming loans
    159,551       62,745       24,650       8,287       4,599  
Other real estate owned assets
    41,618       19,971       4,277       1,684       1,842  
Repossessed assets
    380       332       138       137        
                                         
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 201,549     $ 83,048     $ 29,065     $ 10,108     $ 6,441  
                                         
Restructured and performing under restructured terms, net of specific allowance
  $ 110,777     $ 2,643     $ 671     $ 305     $ 153  
                                         
Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans
    6.45 %     2.71 %     1.22 %     0.51 %     0.48 %
                                         
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans plus nonperforming assets
    8.01 %     3.56 %     1.44 %     0.62 %     0.67 %
                                         
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
    6.26 %     2.72 %     1.01 %     0.41 %     0.46 %
                                         
 
The following is a summary of nonperforming loans by category for the dates shown:
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 1,797     $ 166     $ 387     $ 399     $ 835  
Real estate — construction and land development
    73,058       20,976       10,569       2,067       469  
Real estate — mortgages
                                       
Single-family
    52,323       22,730       8,069       2,805       2,448  
Commercial
    30,343       15,378       4,045       1,765       675  
Other
    436       2,289       805       688       11  
Consumer
    734       723       775       559       161  
Other
    860       483             4        
                                         
Total nonperforming loans
  $ 159,551     $ 62,745     $ 24,650     $ 8,287     $ 4,599  
                                         
 
A delinquent loan is ordinarily placed on nonaccrual status no later than when it becomes 90 days past due and management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of interest is doubtful. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all unpaid interest which has been accrued on the loan during the current period is reversed and deducted from earnings as a reduction of reported interest income; any prior period accrued and unpaid interest is reversed and charged against the allowance for loan losses. No additional interest income is accrued on the loan balance until the collection of both principal and interest becomes reasonably certain. When a problem loan is finally resolved, there may be an actual write-down or charge-off of the principal balance of the loan to the allowance for loan losses.


70


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of other real estate owned by category for the dates shown:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Acreage
  $ 2,251     $ 1,222  
Commercial buildings
    5,226       656  
Residential condominiums
    2,730       1,314  
Residential single-family homes
    15,696       9,394  
Residential lots
    14,613       7,277  
Other
    1,102       108  
                 
Other real estate owned
  $ 41,618     $ 19,971  
                 
 
Other real estate, acquired through partial or total satisfaction of loans, is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling expenses. At the date of acquisition, any difference between the fair value and book value of the asset is charged to the allowance for loan losses. The value of other foreclosed real estate collateral is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers approved and hired by our management. Appraised and reported values are discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. Foreclosed real estate is reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.
 
Impaired Loans.  At December 31, 2009, our recorded investment in impaired loans, under ASC 310-35 totaled $280.3 million, an increase of $227.5 million from $52.9 million at December 31, 2008. Approximately $78.7 million is located in the Alabama Region and $201.6 million is located in the Florida Region. Approximately $14.5 million of the allowance for loan losses is specifically allocated to these loans, providing 5.18% coverage. Additionally, $277.2 million, or 98.9%, of the $280.3 million in impaired loans is secured by real estate.
 
The following is a summary of impaired loans and the specifically allocated allowance for loan losses by category for the dates shown:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    Outstanding
    Specific
    Outstanding
    Specific
 
    Balance     Allowance     Balance     Allowance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 3,032     $ 1,053     $ 515     $ 42  
Real estate — construction and land development
    114,268       6,719       18,155       1,570  
Real estate — mortgages
                               
Single-family
    53,229       5,005       18,063       2,251  
Commercial
    109,222       1,686       15,615       1,173  
Other
    500       62       532       70  
Consumer
    97       2              
                                 
Total
  $ 280,348     $ 14,527     $ 52,880     $ 5,106  
                                 
 
At the time a loan is identified as impaired, it is evaluated and valued at the lower of cost or fair value. For collateral dependent loans, of which $155.5 million is included above and primarily secured by real estate, fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans and is classified at a Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The value of real estate collateral is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers approved and hired by management. The value of business equipment is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers approved and hired by management, if significant. Appraised and reported values are discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business.
 
Our other impaired loans are measured based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Impairment measured under this method is comprised primarily of loans


71


Table of Contents

considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) where the terms of these loans have been restructured based on the expected future cash flows. A restructuring of debt constitutes a TDR if for economic or legal reasons related to borrower’s financial difficulties we grant a concession to the borrower that we would not otherwise consider.
 
All impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.
 
Included in our impaired loans are nonperforming loans with specific impairment and loans considered TDRs. The following is a summary of our TDRs as of December 31, 2009:
 
                                 
    Restructured  
    Performing
    Not-Performing
 
    in Accordance
    in Accordance
 
    with Restructured Terms     with Restructured Terms  
    Outstanding
    Specific
    Outstanding
    Specific
 
    Balance     Allowance     Balance     Allowance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Alabama:
                               
Commercial and industrial
  $     $     $     $  
Real estate — construction and land development
    924       1              
Real estate — mortgages
                               
Single-family
    8,317       287       1,106       93  
Commercial
    22,580       222              
Consumer
    97       1              
                                 
Total Alabama
  $ 31,918     $ 511     $ 1,106     $ 93  
                                 
Florida
                               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 1,212     $ 883     $     $  
Real estate — construction and land development
    19,369       482              
Real estate — mortgages
                               
Single-family
    4,334       276       2,760       388  
Commercial
    56,038       442       2,227       85  
Consumer
                       
                                 
Total Florida
  $ 80,953     $ 2,083     $ 4,987     $ 473  
                                 
Total
                               
Commercial and industrial
  $ 1,212     $ 883     $     $  
Real estate — construction and land development
    20,293       483              
Real estate — mortgages
                               
Single-family
    12,651       563       3,866       481  
Commercial
    78,618       664       2,227       85  
Consumer
    97       1              
                                 
Total TDRs
  $ 112,871     $ 2,594     $ 6,093     $ 566  
                                 
 
Potential Problem Loans.  In addition to nonperforming loans, management has identified $31.5 million in potential problem loans as of December 31, 2009. Potential problem loans are loans where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes management to have doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present repayment terms and may result in disclosure of such loans as nonperforming in future periods. Three categories accounted for 99% of total potential problem loans. Real estate construction loans account for 49% of the total and single family residential loans and commercial real estate loans accounted for 17% and 33%, respectively. Geographically, 72% of the loans were located in Florida, with the remainder located in Alabama. In each case, management is actively working a plan of action to ensure that any loss exposure is mitigated and will continue to monitor the cash flow and collateral characteristics of each credit.


72


Table of Contents

Deposits.  Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $257.7 million at December 31, 2009, an increase of 21.2%, or $45.0 million, from $212.7 million at December 31, 2008. Noninterest-bearing deposits were 9.7% of total deposits at December 31, 2009 compared to 9.1% at December 31, 2008.
 
Interest-bearing deposits totaled $2.399 billion at December 31, 2009, an increase of 12.6%, or $268.6 million, from $2.130 billion at December 31, 2008. Interest-bearing deposits averaged $2.290 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.010 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008. The average rate paid on all interest-bearing deposits during 2009 was 2.60%, compared to 3.40% for 2008.
 
As shown below, there were significant increases in our demand and savings deposits within our reportable segments that represent core deposits received through our branch network. Growth in our core deposit base has largely been concentrated in 22 de novo branches opened between 2006 and 2009, which have grown to $432.9 million by December 31, 2009. Of this growth, $147.9 million occurred in 2009. This expansion of our core funding has significantly improved our liquidity and has enabled us to grow earning assets while reducing reliance on borrowings and other non-core sources.
 
The following table sets forth the composition of our total deposit accounts at the dates indicated:
 
                         
    December 31,     Percent
 
    2009     2008     Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 257,744     $ 212,732       21.2 %
Alabama segment
    137,160       127,115       7.9  
Florida segment
    103,621       78,639       31.8  
Other
    16,963       6,978       NCM  
Interest-bearing demand
    690,677       632,430       9.2  
Alabama segment
    385,246       298,405       29.1  
Florida segment
    233,740       178,850       30.7  
Other
    71,691       155,175       (53.8 )
Savings
    284,430       185,522       53.3  
Alabama segment
    151,263       106,946       41.4  
Florida segment
    131,185       76,449       71.6  
Other
    1,982       2,127       (6.8 )
Time deposits
    1,423,722       1,312,304       8.5  
Alabama segment
    663,510       608,056       9.1  
Florida segment
    555,262       490,266       13.3  
Other
    204,950       213,982       (4.2 )
                         
Total deposits
  $ 2,656,573     $ 2,342,988       13.4 %
                         
Alabama segment
  $ 1,337,179     $ 1,140,522       17.2 %
                         
Florida segment
  $ 1,023,808     $ 824,204       24.2 %
                         
Other
  $ 295,586     $ 378,262       (21.9 )%
                         
 
 
 
NCM — Not considered meaningful
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had deposits from related parties of approximately $31.5 million and $22.1 million, respectively. We believe that all of the deposit transactions were made on terms and conditions in the ordinary course of business.


73


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our average deposits by category for the periods indicated:
 
Average Deposits
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    Average
          Average
          Average
       
    Amount
    Average
    Amount
    Average
    Amount
    Average
 
    Outstanding     Rate Paid     Outstanding     Rate Paid     Outstanding     Rate Paid  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 246,428       %   $ 218,486       %   $ 191,066       %
Interest-bearing demand
    653,371       1.31       637,800       2.31       568,125       3.66  
Savings
    243,566       1.50       121,645       2.25       50,652       1.61  
Time deposits — customer
    1,163,530       3.12       1,096,841       4.07       1,023,573       4.90  
                                                 
Total average customer deposits
    2,306,895       2.10       2,074,772       3.00       1,833,416       3.92  
Time deposits — brokered
    229,433       2.60       153,631       4.08       148,369       5.31  
                                                 
Total average deposits
  $ 2,536,328       2.14 %   $ 2,228,403       3.07 %   $ 1,981,785       4.02 %
                                                 
 
Deposits, particularly core deposits, have historically been our primary source of funding and have enabled us to meet successfully both our short-term and long-term liquidity needs. Our core deposits, which exclude our time deposits greater than $100,000, represent 71.1% of our total deposits at December 31, 2009 compared to 70.1% at December 31, 2008. We anticipate that such deposits will continue to be our primary source of funding in the future. Our loan-to-deposit ratio was 93.1% at December 31, 2009, compared to 98.8% at December 31, 2008.
 
Borrowings.  During 2009, average borrowed funds decreased $62.2 million, or (17.5)%, to $294.0 million, from $356.2 million during 2008, which in turn increased $106.8 million, or 42.8%, from $249.4 million during 2007. The average rate paid on borrowed funds during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 3.43%, 3.40% and 5.20%, respectively. Because of a relatively high loan-to-deposit ratio, the existence and stability of these funding sources are important to our maintenance of short-term and long-term liquidity.
 
Advances from the FHLB totaled $218.3 million at December 31, 2009, a decrease of 39.6%, or $143.0 million, from $361.3 million at December 31, 2008. Borrowings from the FHLB have declined as the increase in customer deposits has outpaced loan growth since December 31, 2008. FHLB advances had a weighted average interest rate of approximately 3.74% at December 31, 2009. The advances are secured by FHLB stock, agency securities and a blanket lien on certain residential real estate loans and commercial loans, all with a carrying value of approximately $942.7 million at December 31, 2009. We have available approximately $177.2 million in unused advances under the blanket lien subject to the availability of qualifying collateral.
 
The following is a summary, by year of contractual maturity, of advances from the FHLB for the periods ended December 31:
 
                                 
    2009     2008  
    Weighted
          Weighted
       
Year:
  Average Rate     Balance     Average Rate     Balance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2009
    %   $       1.03 %   $ 142,984  
2010
    3.36       29,982       6.41       5,000  
2011
    2.66       50,000       2.69       75,000  
2012
    4.44       5,000       4.44       5,000  
2013
    3.46       35,000       3.46       35,000  
2015
    4.58       66,340       4.58       66,340  
2020
    4.28       32,000       4.28       32,000  
                                 
Total
    3.74 %   $ 218,322       2.67 %   $ 361,324  
                                 
 
The above schedule is by contractual maturity. Call dates for the above are as follows: 2010, $215.3 million.


74


Table of Contents

On March 31, 2009, Superior Bank completed a placement of a $40 million aggregate principal amount 2.625% Senior Note due 2012 (the “Note”). The Note is guaranteed by the FDIC under its TLGP and is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The Note is a direct, unsecured general obligation of Superior Bank and it is not subject to redemption prior to maturity. The Note is solely the obligation of Superior Bank and is not guaranteed by us. Superior Bank received net proceeds, after discount, FDIC guarantee premium and other issuance cost, of approximately $38.6 million, which will be used by Superior Bank for general corporate purposes. The debt will yield an effective interest rate, including amortization, of 3.89%.
 
In connection with the TLGP, the Bank entered into a Master Agreement with the FDIC. The Master Agreement contains certain terms and conditions that must be included in the governing documents for any senior debt securities issued by the Bank that are guaranteed pursuant to the TLGP.
 
Subordinated Debentures.
 
Issuance of Subordinated Debt and Related Warrant.  On September 17, 2008, Superior Bank entered into an Agreement to Purchase Subordinated Notes (the “Agreement”) with Durden Enterprises, LLC (the “Purchaser”). Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, Superior Bank issued to the Purchaser $10 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Subordinated Notes due September 15, 2018 (the “Notes”), and Superior Bancorp issued to the Purchaser a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase up to one million shares of our common stock, $.001 par value per share, at a price of $7.53 per share. The exercise price for the Warrant was based on the average of the closing prices of our common stock for the 10 trading days immediately preceding September 17, 2008. Interest on the Note is payable quarterly. The Purchaser may, subject to regulatory approval, accelerate the payment of principal and interest if there is an event of default under the terms of the Note. Events of default are limited to the commencement of voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or similar proceedings with respect to Superior Bank. Beginning on September 15, 2013, Superior Bank may redeem all or a portion of the Notes on any interest payment date at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the redeemed Notes plus accrued but unpaid interest.
 
The fair value of the Warrant totaling $2.6 million was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The value of the Warrant is being amortized into interest expense over the term of the Agreement. The Warrant is exercisable at any time prior to the close of business on September 15, 2013. We agreed to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission the stock that would be issued to the Purchaser upon the exercise of the Warrant. We also granted to the Purchaser an option to purchase up to $10 million in additional subordinated notes and receive additional warrants in the future on similar terms and conditions with such changes as are necessary to reflect market conditions at that time. K. Earl Durden, the managing member of the Purchaser, is a director of Superior Bancorp and Superior Bank.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures.  On July 19, 2007, we issued approximately $22 million in aggregate principal amount of trust preferred securities and a like amount of related subordinated debentures through our wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary trust, Superior Capital Trust I. The trust preferred securities and subordinated debentures bear interest at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.33% that is payable quarterly. The trust preferred securities, which may be redeemed on or after September 15, 2012, will mature on September 15, 2037 (See Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements).
 
On July 25, 2007, we completed a redemption of approximately $16 million in aggregate outstanding principal amount of trust preferred securities and related six-month LIBOR plus 3.75% junior subordinated debentures due July 25, 2031, both of which were issued by our wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary trust, TBC Capital Statutory Trust III. We called the securities for redemption effective July 25, 2007 at a redemption price equal to 106.15% of par. The remaining proceeds from the issuance of the new trust preferred securities were used in the stock repurchase program and for other corporate purposes. We incurred a loss of approximately $1.5 million ($0.9 million, net of tax, or $.02 per share), during the third quarter of 2007 relating to the redemption of the outstanding trust preferred securities.
 
In addition to the trust described in the immediately following paragraph, we have three more sponsored trusts, TBC Capital II, Community Capital I and Peoples Trust I, of which 100% of the common equity is owned by us. The trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing obligated mandatory redeemable trust preferred securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such trust preferred securities solely in junior


75


Table of Contents

subordinated debt securities of ours (the debentures). The debentures held by each trust are the sole assets of that trust. Distributions on the trust preferred securities issued by each trust are payable semi-annually at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate being earned by the trust on the debentures held by that trust. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures. We have entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the trust preferred securities subject to the terms of each of the guarantees. The debentures held by the TBC Capital II, Community Capital I and Peoples Trust I trusts are first redeemable, in whole or in part, by us on September 7, 2010, March 8, 2010 and December 15, 2010, respectively.
 
On December 11, 2009, we issued approximately $69.0 million in aggregate principal amount of trust preferred securities and a like amount of related subordinated debentures through our wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary trust, Superior Capital Trust II. The trust preferred securities and subordinated debentures bear interest, payable quarterly, at a rate of 5% until February 15, 2014 when the rate increases to 9%. The trust preferred securities are perpetual, having no stated maturity, but may be redeemed at any time by us on 30 days’ notice. See Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements for additional details.
 
Consolidated debt obligations related to these subsidiary trusts and other subordinated debt are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures
               
5.00% perpetual junior subordinated debentures owed to Superior Capital Trust II(3)(4)
  $ 69,100     $  
10.6% junior subordinated debentures owed to TBC Capital Statutory Trust II due September 7, 2030
    15,464       15,464  
10.875% junior subordinated debentures owed to Community Capital Trust I due March 8, 2030
    10,310       10,310  
3-month LIBOR plus 1.33% junior subordinated debentures owed to Superior Capital Trust I due September 15, 2037(1)
    22,681       22,681  
6.41% junior subordinated debentures owed to Peoples Community Capital Trust I due December 15, 2035(2)
    4,124       4,124  
Add (subtract):
               
Purchase accounting adjustment
    471       819  
Discount related to 5.00% perpetual junior subordinated debentures owed to Superior Capital Trust II(4)
    (45,598 )      
                 
Total junior subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
    76,552       53,398  
Other Subordinated Debt
               
9.5% subordinated debentures owed to Durden Enterprises, LLC due September 15, 2013
    10,000       10,000  
Add (subtract):
               
Discount related to 9.5% subordinated debentures owed to Durden Enterprises, LLC
    (2,382 )     (2,514 )
                 
Total other subordinated debt
    7,618       7,486  
                 
Total subordinated debentures
  $ 84,170     $ 60,884  
                 
 
 
(1) Interest rate is equal to 1.58% at December 31, 2009. The Corporation has entered into interest rate swap agreements to an average effective fixed rate of 4.42%. (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements).
 
(2) Converts to quarterly floating rate of LIBOR plus 1.45% in December 2010.
 
(3) Converts to 9.00% on February 15, 2014 (see Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements).
 
(4) Effective yield is equal to 20.22% (see Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements).


76


Table of Contents

 
Stockholders’ Equity.
 
Overview.  Our stockholders’ equity totaled $191.7 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $251.2 million at December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily due to the amount of cumulative dividends on preferred stock, exchange of preferred stock for trust preferred securities and the net loss for the period, partially offset by the components of other comprehensive income (loss) as shown below. See the “Statement of Changes in Stockholders Equity” in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
In November 2009, after approval by our Board of Directors and our stockholders, we amended our Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock from 20 million to 200 million.
 
During 2009, we sold approximately 1.5 million shares of our common stock at prices ranging from $2.21 to $2.71 per share to approximately 20 accredited investors in a series of transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation D. Of the shares issued, approximately $0.3 million were issued from Treasury. We received total cash consideration of approximately $3.3 million in connection with these transactions.
 
On April 28, 2008, we completed a 1-for-4 reverse split of our common stock, reducing the number of authorized shares of common stock from 60 million to 15 million and the number of common shares outstanding from 40.2 million to 10.1 million. This action brought our authorized common shares and common shares outstanding more nearly in line with peer community banks. All disclosures in this annual report regarding common stock and related per share information have been retroactively restated for all periods presented to reflect the reverse stock split. The 1-for-4 reverse stock split was effective in the market as of the opening of trading on April 28, 2008.
 
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income.  Our stockholders’ equity was affected by various components of our comprehensive loss. The components of other comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                         
    Pre-Tax
    Income Tax
    Net of
 
    Amount     Expense     Income Tax  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2009
                       
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities
  $ (10,748 )   $ 3,977     $ (6,771 )
Less reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net loss
    10,102       (3,738 )     6,364  
Unrealized gain on derivatives
    189       (71 )     118  
Defined benefit pension plan — net gain arising during the period
    617       (228 )     389  
                         
Net unrealized gain
  $ 160     $ (60 )   $ 100  
                         
2008
                       
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities
  $ (16,885 )   $ 6,203     $ (10,682 )
Less reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net loss
    8,453       (3,128 )     5,325  
Unrealized loss on derivatives
    (955 )     354       (601 )
Defined benefit pension plan — net loss arising during the period
    (3,398 )     1,257       (2,141 )
                         
Net unrealized loss
  $ (12,785 )   $ 4,686     $ (8,099 )
                         
 
Please refer to the “Financial Condition — Investment Securities” section for additional discussion regarding the realized/unrealized gains and losses on the investment securities portfolio. Additional discussion is included in the “Market Risk — Derivative Positions” on the unrealized loss on derivatives. Certain information regarding our pension liability is disclosed in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, which includes asset values, projected benefit obligations, investment policies and asset allocations.


77


Table of Contents

Exchange of preferred stock held by the Treasury Department for trust preferred securities.  On December 5, 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program, we issued and sold, and the Treasury Department purchased, (i) 69,000 shares (the “Preferred Stock”) of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and (ii) a ten-year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase up to 1,923,792 shares of our voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share at an exercise price of $5.38 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $69 million in cash. The issuance and sale of these securities was a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
On December 11, 2009, we entered into an exchange agreement with the Treasury Department pursuant to which the Treasury Department agreed that it would exchange all 69,000 shares of our outstanding Preferred Stock owned by the Treasury Department for 69,000 newly issued trust preferred securities, $1,000 liquidation amount per capital security, issued by Superior Capital Trust II, a wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary of Superior Bancorp. The trust preferred securities were issued to the Treasury Department on December 11, 2009. In connection with this exchange, the trust used the Preferred Stock, together with the proceeds of the issuance and sale by the trust of $0.1 million aggregate liquidation amount of their fixed rate common securities, to purchase the $69.1 million aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debentures we issued.
 
The trust preferred securities issued to the Treasury Department have a distribution rate of 5% until, but excluding February 15, 2014 and 9% thereafter (which is the same as the dividend rate on the Preferred Stock). We hold the common securities of the trust, in the amount of $0.1 million. The sole asset and only source of funds to make payments on the trust preferred securities and the common securities of the trust is $69.1 million of our Fixed Rate Perpetual Junior Subordinated Debentures, which we issued to the trust. The debentures are perpetual and we may redeem them at any time on 30 days’ notice.
 
Under the guarantee agreement dated as of December 11, 2009, we irrevocably and unconditionally agree to pay in full to the Treasury Department the guaranteed payments, as and when due. Our obligation to make the guaranteed payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts to the Treasury Department of the trust preferred securities or by causing the issuer trust to pay such amounts to the Treasury Department. Our obligations under the guarantee agreement constitute unsecured obligations and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all senior debt. Our obligations under the guarantee agreement rank pari passu with any of our obligations under similar guarantee agreements which we issue on behalf of the holders of preferred or capital securities issued by any statutory trust, among others stated in the guarantee agreement. Under the guarantee agreement, we have guaranteed the payment of the liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities upon liquidation of the trust, but only to the extent that the trust has funds available to make such payments.
 
Under the exchange agreement, our agreement that, without the consent of the Treasury Department, we would not increase our dividend rate per share of common stock above that in effect as of October 13, 2008 or repurchase shares of our common stock until, in each case, the earlier of December 5, 2011 or such time as all of the new trust preferred securities have been redeemed or transferred by the Treasury Department, remains in effect.
 
Initially, in connection with the issuance of the Preferred Stock on December 5, 2008, the Treasury Department was issued a warrant to purchase 1,923,392 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.38 per share. However, as a result of the issuance of 1,491,618 additional shares in July 2009, we adjusted the warrant share position to 1,975,688 shares with a strike price of $5.239.
 
The trust preferred securities issued to the Treasury Department continue to qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital as of December 31, 2009. The trust preferred securities are subject to the 25% limitation on Tier 1 capital.
 
This transaction with the Treasury Department was accounted for as an extinguishment of previously issued Preferred Stock. The accounting impact of this transaction included (1) recognition of junior subordinated debentures and derecognition of the Preferred Stock; (2) recognition of a favorable impact to accumulated deficit resulting from the excess of (a) the carrying amount of the securities exchanged (Preferred Stock) over (b) the fair value of the consideration exchanged (the trust preferred securities); (3) the reversal of any unamortized discount outstanding on the Preferred Stock and (4) issuance costs.
 
At the date of the exchange agreement, the fair value of the trust preferred securities (junior subordinated debentures for purposes of our financial statements) was determined internally using a discounted cash flow model.


78


Table of Contents

The main considerations were (1) quarterly interest payment of 5% until, but excluding February 15 2014 and 9% thereafter; (2) assumed maturity date of 30 years; and (3) assumed discount rate of 19.63%. The assumed discount rate used for estimating the fair value was estimated by obtaining the yields at which comparable issuers were trading as assets in the market and computing an implied credit spread. The discount rate used is the amount of the implied credit spread of 14.69% plus the 30-year swap rate of 4.94%.
 
The discount as well as the debt issuance costs will be amortized through interest expense using the interest yield method over the estimated life of the junior subordinated debentures. The effective yield of the issue will be 20.22%.
 
This particular exchange resulted in a gain on retirement of preferred stock favorably impacting accumulated deficit by $23.1 million (net of deferred taxes), which is also considered as part of earnings (losses) applicable to common stockholders in the earnings (losses) per common share (“EPS”) computations. See Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of EPS. A summary of this transaction and the increases (decreases) in the related asset, liability and stockholders’ equity accounts is as follows (Dollars in thousands):
 
                 
Assets
               
Other assets — investment in common stock of trust
          $ 100  
 — deferred income taxes (see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements)
            (16,544 )
                 
Total assets
          $ (16,444 )
                 
Liabilities
               
Subordinated debentures, net (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements):
               
Issuance
          $ 69,100  
Discount
            (44,714 )
                 
Total liabilities
            24,386  
                 
Stockholders’ equity (see Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements)
               
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share
          $  
Surplus — preferred ($69,000 less discount of $5,073)
            (63,927 )
Accumulated deficit (net of $16,544 deferred taxes)
            23,097  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
            (40,830 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
          $ (16,444 )
                 
 
Exchange of non-pooled trust preferred securities for newly issued common stock
 
On January 15, 2010, we entered into an agreement with Cambridge Savings Bank (“Cambridge”) pursuant to which Cambridge will exchange $3.5 million of trust preferred securities issued by our wholly owned unconsolidated subsidiary, Superior Capital Trust I, for shares of our common stock. The number of shares of common stock to be issued to Cambridge will equal 77% of the face value of the trust preferred securities divided by a weighted average of the sales prices of newly issued shares of our common stock sold between the date of the agreement and the closing of the exchange or, if lower, the weighted average of the sales prices of such stock within forty-eight hours prior to the closing of the exchange. The consummation of the transaction is conditioned upon selling at least $75 million of our common stock either for cash or in exchange for trust preferred securities or debt, obtaining consent of our stockholders if required by NASDAQ, and other customary closing conditions.
 
On January 20, 2010, we entered into an agreement with KBW, Inc. (“KBW”) pursuant to which KBW will exchange $4.0 million of trust preferred securities issued by our unconsolidated subsidiary, Superior Capital Trust I, for shares of our common stock. The number of shares of common stock to be issued to KBW will equal 50% of the face value of the trust preferred securities divided by the greater of the following prices of our common stock during the ten trading days prior to the closing of the exchange: (1) the average of the closing prices or (2) 90% of the volume weighted average price. The consummation of the transaction is conditioned upon obtaining consent of our stockholders if required by NASDAQ, and other customary closing conditions.
 
Neither we nor our affiliates have any material relationship with Cambridge other than in respect of the exchange agreement. Neither we nor our affiliates have any material relationship with KBW except that we have


79


Table of Contents

engaged an affiliate of KBW to assist us in formulating and implementing strategies to strengthen our capital position.
 
We expect to record a net after-tax gain of $1.8 million upon exchange of the trust preferred securities. The ultimate effect of the transactions will be to increase stockholders’ equity by approximately $6.5 million, consisting of both the increase in equity upon recording gains on retirement of the securities, and the value of the newly issued shares.
 
See Notes 27, 29 and 30 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Stock Repurchase Plan.  We announced in June 2007 that our Board of Directors had approved the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares of our outstanding common stock. During the quarter ended September 30, 2007, we purchased 250,000 shares of then outstanding stock at an average price of $36.88 per share, which have been recorded, at cost, as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The shares were purchased in the open market through negotiated or block transactions and were not repurchased from our management team or other insiders.
 
We announced in October 2007, that our Board of Directors approved the purchase of an additional 250,000 shares of our outstanding common stock beginning on or after November 2, 2007. During the quarter ended December 31, 2007, we purchased 45,500 shares of then outstanding stock at an average price of $26.44, which have been recorded, at cost, as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The shares were purchased in the open market through negotiated or block transactions. We did not repurchase any shares from our management team or other insiders. This stock repurchase program does not obligate us to acquire any specific number of shares and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.
 
Stock Incentive Plan.  In April 2008, our stockholders approved the Superior Bancorp 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2008 Plan”) which succeeded the 1998 Plan. The purpose of the 2008 Plan is to provide additional incentive for our directors and key employees to further the growth, development and our financial success by personally benefiting through the ownership of our common stock, or other rights which recognize such growth, development and financial success. Our Board also believes the 2008 Plan will enable it to obtain and retain the services of directors and employees who are considered essential to its long-range success by offering them an opportunity to own stock and other rights that reflect our financial success. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under the 2008 Plan is 300,000 (restated for 1-for-4 reverse stock split) shares, of which no more than 90,000 shares may be issued for “full value awards” (defined under the 2008 Plan to mean any awards permitted under the 2008 Plan that are neither stock options nor stock appreciation rights). Only those employees and directors who are selected to receive grants by the administrator may participate in the 2008 Plan.
 
A summary of stock option activity as of December 31, 2009 and changes during the year then ended is set forth below:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Number     Price     Term     Value  
 
Under option, beginning of period
    848,922     $ 29.94                  
Granted
    104,100       2.97                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited
    (27,375 )     (31.77 )                
                                 
Under option, end of period
    925,647     $ 26.85       5.65     $ 39  
                                 
Exercisable at end of period
    625,903     $ 31.76       2.90     $  
                                 
Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted during the period
  $ 1.47                          
                                 


80


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation recognized approximately $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million in compensation expense related to options granted. Additional disclosure regarding our stock incentive plan is included in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2008, members of our management received restricted common stock grants totaling 26,788 shares. These grants exclude certain senior executive management who received cash under the short-term management incentive plan in lieu of restricted stock. The grant date fair value of this restricted common stock is equal to $18.56 per share, or $0.5 million in the aggregate which will be recognized over a 24-month period as 50% of the stock vests on January 22, 2009 and the remaining 50% vests on January 22, 2010. During the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recognized approximately $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in compensation expense related to restricted stock. The outstanding shares of restricted common stock are included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, using the treasury stock method, until the shares vest. Once vested, the shares become outstanding for basic earnings per share. If an executive’s employment terminates prior to a vesting date for any reason other than death, disability or a change in control, the unvested stock is forfeited pursuant to the terms of the restricted common stock agreement. Unvested restricted common stock becomes immediately vested upon death, disability or a change in control. Under the restricted common stock agreements, the restricted stock may not be sold or assigned in any manner during the vesting period, but the executive will have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the stock (i.e. the right to vote, receive dividends, etc), prior to vesting.
 
Regulatory Capital.  During the fourth quarter of 2005, we became a unitary thrift holding company and, as such, we are subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS.
 
Simultaneously, Superior Bank’s charter was changed to a federal savings bank charter, and Superior Bank is also subject to various regulatory requirements administered by the OTS. Prior to November 1, 2005, Superior Bank was regulated by the Alabama Banking Department and the Federal Reserve. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial position and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, Superior Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Superior Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require Superior Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of tangible and core capital (as defined in the regulations) to adjusted total assets (as defined), and of total capital (as defined) and Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets (as defined). Management believes that Superior Bank meets all applicable capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2009.
 
The table below represents Superior Bank’s actual regulatory and minimum regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2009 (Dollars in thousands):
 
                                                 
                To Be Well
 
          For Capital
    Capitalized Under
 
          Adequacy
    Prompt Corrective
 
    Actual     Purposes     Action  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Tier 1 Core Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
  $ 249,253       7.79 %   $ 127,957       4.00 %   $ 159,947       5.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    286,748       10.69       214,517       8.00       268,146       10.00  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    249,253       9.30       NA       NA       160,888       6.00  
Tangible Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
    249,253       7.79       47,984       1.50       NA       NA  


81


Table of Contents

 
Impact of Inflation
 
Unlike most industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. Therefore, interest rates have a more significant effect on our performance than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. In addition, interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. We seek to manage the relationships between interest sensitive assets and liabilities in order to protect against wide interest rate fluctuations, including those resulting from inflation.
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Some of the disclosures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including any statements preceded by, followed by or which include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “hope,” “might,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “assume” or similar expressions constitute forward-looking statements.
 
These forward-looking statements, implicitly and explicitly, include the assumptions underlying the statements and other information with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates, intentions, financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business, including our expectations and estimates with respect to our revenues, expenses, earnings, return on equity, return on assets, efficiency ratio, asset quality, the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and other financial data and capital and performance ratios.
 
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements involve risks and uncertainties which are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond our control). Such forward looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various important factors set forth from time to time in our reports and registration statements filed with the SEC. The following factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ materially from our goals, plans, objectives, intentions, expectations and other forward-looking statements: (1) the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the regional and local economies in which we conduct operations; (2) the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (3) inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; (4) our ability to successfully integrate the assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management we acquire or merge into our operations; (5) our timely development of new products and services in a changing environment, including the features, pricing and quality compared to the products and services of our competitors; (6) the willingness of users to substitute competitors’ products and services for our products and services; (7) the impact of changes in financial services policies, laws and regulations, including laws, regulations and policies concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance, and the application thereof by regulatory bodies; (8) our ability to resolve any legal proceeding on acceptable terms and its effect on our financial condition or results of operations; (9) technological changes; (10) changes in consumer spending and savings habits; (11) the effect of natural disasters, such as hurricanes, in our geographic markets; (12) regulatory, legal or judicial proceedings; (13) the continuing instability in the domestic and international capital markets; (14) the effects of new and proposed laws relating to financial institutions and credit transactions; (15) the effects of policy initiatives that have been and may continue to be introduced by the new Presidential administration and related regulatory actions; and (16) our success in any new capital financing activities we may undertake.


82


Table of Contents

If one or more of the factors affecting our forward-looking information and statements proves incorrect, then our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking information and statements contained in this annual report. Therefore, we caution you not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking information and statements.
 
We do not intend to update our forward-looking information and statements, whether written or oral, to reflect change. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks.
 
Please refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Market Risk — Interest Rate Sensitivity,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
Consolidated financial statements of Superior Bancorp meeting the requirements of Regulation S-X are filed on the succeeding pages of this Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


83


 


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Superior Bancorp
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Superior Bancorp (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Superior Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Superior Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 11, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion.
 
/s/  GRANT THORNTON LLP
 
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 11, 2010


85


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
  $ 74,020     $ 74,237  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
    23,714       10,042  
Federal funds sold
    2,036       5,169  
                 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    99,770       89,448  
Investment securities available-for-sale
    286,310       347,142  
Tax lien certificates
    19,292       23,786  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    71,879       22,040  
Loans
    2,475,590       2,316,915  
Unearned income
    (2,893 )     (1,994 )
                 
Loans, net of unearned income
    2,472,697       2,314,921  
Allowance for loan losses
    (41,884 )     (28,850 )
                 
Net loans
    2,430,813       2,286,071  
Premises and equipment, net
    104,022       104,085  
Accrued interest receivable
    15,581       14,794  
Stock in FHLB
    18,212       21,410  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
    50,142       48,291  
Core deposit and other intangible assets
    16,694       21,052  
Other real estate
    41,618       19,971  
Other assets
    67,536       54,611  
                 
Total assets
  $ 3,221,869     $ 3,052,701  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits:
               
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 257,744     $ 212,732  
Interest-bearing demand
    690,677       632,430  
Savings
    284,430       185,522  
Time deposits $100,000 and over
    761,585       662,175  
Other time deposits
    662,137       650,129  
                 
Total deposits
    2,656,573       2,342,988  
Advances from FHLB
    218,322       361,324  
Security repurchase agreements
    841       3,563  
Notes payable
    45,917       7,000  
Subordinated debentures, net
    84,170       60,884  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    24,342       25,703  
                 
Total liabilities
    3,030,165       2,801,462  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6 and 17)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; shares authorized 5,000,000:
               
Series A, fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, -0- and 69,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
           
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; shares authorized 200,000,000; shares issued 11,673,837 in 2009 and 10,403,087 in 2008; outstanding 11,667,794 in 2009 and 10,074,999 in 2008
    12       10  
Surplus — preferred
          62,978  
 — warrants
    8,646       8,646  
 — common
    322,043       329,461  
Accumulated deficit
    (130,889 )     (129,904 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (7,825 )     (7,925 )
Treasury stock, at cost — 321,485 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008
          (11,373 )
Unearned ESOP stock
    (263 )     (443 )
Unearned restricted stock
    (20 )     (211 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    191,704       251,239  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 3,221,869     $ 3,052,701  
                 
 
See accompanying notes


86


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest income:
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 144,660     $ 147,162     $ 150,443  
Interest on taxable securities
    14,085       16,310       17,174  
Interest on tax-exempt securities
    1,610       1,716       897  
Interest on federal funds sold
    9       122       471  
Interest and dividends on other investments
    1,718       2,578       2,944  
                         
Total interest income
    162,082       167,888       171,929  
Interest expense:
                       
Interest on deposits
    54,360       68,405       79,667  
Interest on other borrowed funds
    10,097       12,104       12,971  
Interest on subordinated debentures
    5,063       4,094       4,129  
                         
Total interest expense
    69,520       84,603       96,767  
                         
Net interest income
    92,562       83,285       75,162  
Provision for loan losses
    28,550       13,112       4,541  
                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    64,012       70,173       70,621  
Noninterest income:
                       
Service charges and fees on deposits
    10,112       9,295       7,957  
Mortgage banking income
    7,084       3,972       3,860  
Investment securities gains (losses)
                       
Gain on sale of securities
    5,644       1,489       308  
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses (“OTTI”)
    (23,079 )     (9,942 )      
Portion of OTTI recognized in other comprehensive
                       
income
    7,333              
                         
Investment securities (loss) gain
    (10,102 )     (8,453 )     308  
Change in fair value of derivatives
    (826 )     1,240       1,310  
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    2,198       2,274       1,895  
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
          2,918        
Other income
    5,113       5,521       4,027  
                         
Total noninterest income
    13,579       16,767       19,357  
Noninterest expenses:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    49,962       49,672       42,316  
Occupancy, furniture and equipment
    18,643       17,197       13,391  
Amortization of core deposit intangibles
    3,941       3,585       1,691  
Goodwill impairment charge
          160,306        
FDIC assessments
    6,348       1,105       282  
Foreclosure losses
    8,116       908       227  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
                1,469  
Other expenses
    23,475       21,905       18,847  
                         
Total noninterest expenses
    110,485       254,678       78,223  
                         
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (32,894 )     (167,738 )     11,755  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (13,005 )     (4,588 )     4,134  
                         
Net (loss) income
    (19,889 )     (163,150 )     7,621  
Preferred stock dividends and amortization
    (4,193 )     (311 )      
Gain on exchange of preferred stock for trust preferred debt
    23,097              
                         
Net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders
  $ (985 )   $ (163,461 )   $ 7,621  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    10,687       10,021       9,243  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution
    10,687       10,021       9,333  
Basic net (loss) income per common share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (16.31 )   $ 0.82  
Diluted net (loss) income per common share
    (0.09 )     (16.31 )     0.82  
 
See accompanying notes


87


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                                                         
                                  Accumulated
    Accumulated
                         
                                  (Deficit)
    Other
          Unearned
    Unearned
    Total
 
    Preferred
    Common
    Surplus     Retained
    Comprehensive
    Treasury
    ESOP
    Restricted
    Stockholders’
 
    Stock     Stock     Preferred     Warrants     Common     Earnings     (Loss) Gain     Stock     Stock     Stock     Equity  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $     $ 8     $     $     $ 253,842     $ 26,491     $ (1,452 )   $ (716 )   $ (2,086 )   $     $ 276,087  
Adoption of FIN 48
                                  (555 )                             (555 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                       
Net income
                                  7,621                               7,621  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $798, unrealized gain on securities available for sale, arising during the period, net of reclassification adjustment
                                        1,238                         1,238  
Defined benefit pension plan — net gain
                                        388                         388  
                                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                                    9,247  
Repurchase of 295,500 shares of treasury stock
                                              (10,428 )                 (10,428 )
Issuance of 1,658,781 shares for People’s purchase
          2                   73,802                                     73,804  
Issuance of 6,941 shares related to board compensation
                            278                                     278  
Stock options exercised — 21,250 shares
                            640                                     640  
Compensation expense related to stock options
                            472                                     472  
Release of 12,284 shares by ESOP
                            198                         299             497  
Termination of ESOP — 31,867 shares transferred
                                              (1,165 )     1,165              
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2007
          10                   329,232       33,557       174       (12,309 )     (622 )           350,042  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                                       
Net loss
                                  (163,150 )                             (163,150 )
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $3,075 unrealized loss on securities available for sale, arising during the period, net of reclassification adjustment
                                        (5,357 )                       (5,357 )
Change in accumulated loss on cash flow hedging instrument, net of tax expense of $354
                                        (601 )                       (601 )
Defined benefit pension plan — net loss
                                        (2,141 )                       (2,141 )
                                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                                    (171,249 )
Issuance of warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock related to subordinated notes
                      2,553                                           2,553  
Issuance of 69,000 shares of cumulative preferred stock
                69,000                                                 69,000  
Issuance of warrant to purchase 1,923,392 shares of common stock related to preferred stock; adjusted to 1,975,688
                (6,093 )     6,093                                            
Cumulative preferred stock dividend of $240, net of amortization
                71                   (311 )                             (240 )
Issuance of 26,788 shares of restricted stock
                            (447 )                 944             (497 )      
Amortization of unearned restricted stock
                                              (8 )           286       278  
Issuance of 26,795 shares related to board compensation
                            292                                     292  
Compensation expense related to stock options
                            623                                     623  
Fractional shares and issuance costs
                            (94 )                                   (94 )
Release of 3,881 shares by ESOP
                            (145 )                       179             34  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
          10       62,978       8,646       329,461       (129,904 )     (7,925 )     (11,373 )     (443 )     (211 )     251,239  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                                       
Net loss
                                  (19,889 )                             (19,889 )
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $239 on unrealized loss on securities available for sale, arising during the period, net of reclassification adjustment
                                        (407 )                       (407 )
Change in accumulated gain on cash flow hedging instrument, net of tax expense of $71
                                        118                         118  
Defined benefit pension plan — net gain, net of tax expense of $228
                                        389                         389  
                                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                                    (19,789 )
Cumulative preferred stock dividend of $3,245, net of amortization
                948                   (4,193 )                             (3,245 )
Exchange of preferred stock for trust preferred debt
                    (63,926 )                 23,097                               (40,829 )
Issuance of 1,491,618 shares
          2                   (8,036 )                 11,333                     3,299  
Issuance of restricted stock
                            18                   40             (52 )     6  
Amortization of unearned restricted stock
                                                          243       243  
Issuance of 91,284 shares related to board compensation
                            768                                     768  
Release of 3,938 shares by ESOP
                            (168 )                       180             12  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $     $ 12     $     $ 8,646     $ 322,043     $ (130,889 )   $ (7,825 )   $     $ (263 )   $ (20 )   $ 191,704  
                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes


88


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Operating activities
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (19,889 )   $ (163,150 )   $ 7,621  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used) provided by operations:
                       
Goodwill impairment charge
          160,306        
Depreciation
    7,249       6,576       4,630  
Amortization of core deposit and other intangibles
    4,358       4,001       1,868  
Net (discount) premium amortization on securities
    136       (63 )     (116 )
OTTI
    15,746       9,942        
Gain on sale of investment securities
    (5,644 )     (1,489 )     (308 )
Gain on sale of interest rate floors
          (678 )      
Loss on the sale of foreclosed assets
    5,670       528       170  
Provision for loan losses
    28,550       13,112       4,541  
(Decrease) increase in accrued interest receivable
    (787 )     1,718       (386 )
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
    (13,739 )     (4,736 )     4,021  
Loss (gain) on sale of assets
    130       (11 )     (139 )
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of liabilities
          (2,918 )     1,469  
Origination of mortgage loans held for sale
    (729,716 )     (396,330 )     (335,424 )
Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held for sale
    679,877       407,698       326,449  
Other operating activities, net
    (17,495 )     (8,538 )     (10,653 )
                         
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities
    (45,554 )     25,968       3,743  
Investing activities
                       
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
    157,614       44,620       18,378  
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale
    65,848       112,106       82,873  
Purchase of investment securities available for sale
    (173,556 )     (159,430 )     (59,910 )
Net increase in loans
    (215,153 )     (328,452 )     (132,769 )
Net cash received in business combinations
                1,231  
Redemptions of tax lien certificates
    42,885       27,242       20,499  
Purchase of tax lien certificates
    (38,391 )     (35,413 )     (19,801 )
Purchase of premises and equipment
    (8,476 )     (12,045 )     (23,833 )
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
    1,134       7,643       5,630  
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets
    14,496       6,996       7,327  
Decrease (increase) in stock of FHLB
    3,198       (6,465 )     (2,563 )
Other investing activities, net
          177       4,005  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (150,401 )     (343,021 )     (98,933 )
Financing activities
                       
Net increase (decrease) in demand and savings deposits
    202,365       105,222       (7,824 )
Net increase in time deposits
    111,418       36,611       92,150  
(Decrease) increase in FHLB advances
    (143,002 )     138,496       (2,995 )
Proceeds from note payable
    38,575       10,000       10,000  
Principal payment on note payable
          (12,500 )     (6,045 )
Net decrease in other borrowed funds
    (2,870 )     (13,679 )     (13,304 )
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures
          10,000       22,680  
Principal payment on junior subordinated debentures
                (16,495 )
Purchase of treasury stock
                (10,428 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    3,299             640  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
          69,000        
Cash dividends paid
    (3,508 )            
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    206,277       343,150       68,379  
                         
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    10,322       26,097       (26,811 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    89,448       63,351       90,162  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 99,770     $ 89,448     $ 63,351  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid (received) during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 70,278     $ 86,229     $ 97,848  
Income taxes
    941       (1,432 )     (564 )
Exchange of preferred stock for trust preferred debt
    69,000              
Transfer of foreclosed assets
    42,136       28,419       9,239  
Assets acquired in business combinations
                376,061  
Liabilities assumed in business combinations
                303,487  
Issuance of common stock in acquisitions
                73,804  
 
See accompanying notes


89


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Superior Bancorp (“Corporation”), through its subsidiaries, provides a full range of banking and bank-related services to individual and corporate customers in Alabama and Florida. The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to general practice within the banking industry. The following summarizes the most significant of these policies.
 
Basis of Presentation and Variable Interest Entities
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Corporation also has investments in certain unconsolidated variable interest entities (“VIE”) as described below. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain amounts in the prior years’ financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2009 presentation. These reclassifications are immaterial and had no effect on net income (loss), total assets or stockholders’ equity.
 
The Corporation considers a voting rights entity to be a subsidiary and consolidates it if the Corporation has a controlling financial interest in the entity. VIE’s are consolidated if the Corporation is exposed to the majority of the VIE’s expected losses and/or residual returns (i.e., the Corporation is considered to be the primary beneficiary).
 
The Corporation holds variable interests in five special purpose trusts which were formed for the issuance of trust preferred securities to outside investors (See Note 11). The Corporation does not absorb a majority of the expected losses or residual returns of the trusts; therefore, the Corporation is not considered the primary beneficiary and does not consolidate the trusts. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Corporation had recorded common equity investments in other assets on its Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition of $1,679,000 and $1,579,000, respectively that were associated with these trusts.
 
The Corporation also has limited partnership investments in affordable housing projects for which it provides funding as a limited partner and anticipates receiving future income tax credits related to its investments in the projects. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Corporation had recorded equity method investments in other assets on its Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition of approximately $4,207,000 and $2,241,000, respectively. The projects were certified for occupancy and placed into service during the early part of 2009. The Corporation has determined that these structures meet the definition of VIEs but that consolidation of these direct limited partnership investments in affordable housing projects is not required, as the Corporation is not the primary beneficiary. At December 31, 2009, the Corporation’s maximum exposure to loss associated with these limited partnerships was limited to the Corporation’s investment. The Corporation accounts for these investments and the related tax credits using the effective yield method. Under the effective-yield method, the Corporation recognizes the tax credits as they are allocated and amortizes the initial costs of the investment to provide a constant effective yield over the period that the tax credits are allocated. Unfunded commitments to the partnerships included in other liabilities were $213,000 as of December 31, 2009 and $2,241,000 as of December 31, 2008.
 
Restatement to Reflect 1-for-4 Reverse Stock Split
 
All disclosures regarding common stock and related earnings per share have been retroactively restated for all periods presented prior to 2008 to reflect a 1-for-4 reverse stock split effective April 28, 2008 (see Note 27).
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


90


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
For the purpose of presentation in the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as those amounts included in the statements of financial condition caption “Total cash and cash equivalents.” These amounts include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with other financial institutions and federal funds sold.
 
The Corporation’s banking subsidiary is required to maintain minimum average reserve balances by the Federal Reserve Bank, which are based on a percentage of deposits. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Corporation’s reserve requirements were $4,656,000 and $2,941,000, respectively, with which it was in full compliance.
 
Investment Securities
 
Investment securities are classified as either held to maturity, available for sale or trading at the time of purchase. The Corporation defines held to maturity securities as debt securities which management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity.
 
Held to maturity securities are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts that are recognized in interest income using the effective yield method.
 
Securities available for sale are reported at fair value and consist of bonds, notes, debentures, and certain equity securities not classified as trading securities or as securities to be held to maturity. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of deferred taxes, on securities available for sale are excluded from earnings and reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders’ equity.
 
Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are determined using the specific-identification method.
 
Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment
 
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating the portfolio into the various segments outlined in Note 3 and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI according to ASC 320-10 guidance. In addition, certain purchased beneficial interests, which may include private-label mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in ASC 325-40.
 
In determining OTTI according to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions and (4) whether the Corporation has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.
 
When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI is recognized in earnings at an amount equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any


91


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
current-period loss, the OTTI is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.
 
Tax lien certificates
 
Tax lien certificates represent a priority lien against real property for which assessed real estate taxes are delinquent. Tax lien certificates are carried at cost plus accrued interest which approximates fair value. Tax lien certificates and resulting deeds are classified as non-accrual when a tax lien certificate is 24 to 48 months delinquent, depending on the municipality, from the acquisition date, at which time interest ceases to be accrued.
 
Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. The Corporation defers certain nonrefundable loan origination and commitment fees and the direct costs of originating loans. The net deferred amount is amortized over the estimated lives of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. Interest income with respect to loans is accrued on the principal amount outstanding, except for loans classified as nonaccrual.
 
Accrual of interest is discontinued on loans which are more than ninety days past due unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. “Well secured” indicates that the debt must be secured by collateral having sufficient realizable value to discharge the debt, including accrued interest, in full. “In the process of collection” indicates that collection of the debt is proceeding in due course either through legal action or other collection effort that is reasonably expected to result in repayment of the debt in full within a reasonable period of time, usually within one hundred eighty days of the date the loan became past due. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on these loans is reversed from income. Interest payments received on these loans are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance.
 
It is the responsibility of management to assess and maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level it believes is appropriate to absorb the estimated credit losses within our loan portfolio through the provision for loan losses. The determination of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s analysis of the credit quality of the loan portfolio including its judgment regarding certain internal and external factors that affect loan collectability. This process is performed on a quarterly basis under the oversight of the Board of Directors. The estimation of the allowance for loan losses is based on two basic components — those estimations calculated in accordance with the requirements of ASC 450-20 and those specific impairments under ASC 310-35 (see discussions below). The calculation of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective and actual losses could be greater or less than the estimates.
 
The allowance for loan loss is considered to be a significant estimate and is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the collectability of principal is unlikely. The allowance is the amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb inherent losses on existing loans.
 
Under ASC 450-20, estimated losses on all loans that have not been identified with specific impairment, under ASC 310-35, are calculated based on the historical loss ratios applied to standard loan categories using a rolling average, adjusted for certain qualitative factors, as shown below. In addition to these standard loan categories, management may identify other areas of risk based on its analysis of such qualitative factors and estimate additional


92


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
losses as it deems necessary. The qualitative factors that management uses in its estimate include but are not limited to the following:
 
  •  trends in volume;
  •  effects of changes in credit concentrations;
  •  levels of and trends in delinquencies, classified loans and non-performing assets;
  •  levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;
  •  changes in lending policies and underwriting guidelines;
  •  national and local economic trends and condition; and
  •  mergers and acquisitions
 
Pursuant to ASC 310-35, impaired loans are loans which are specifically reviewed and for which it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan with the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A valuation allowance is provided to the extent that the measure of the impaired loans is less than the recorded investment. A loan is not considered impaired during a period of delay in payment if the ultimate collectability of all amounts due is expected. The Credit Administration department maintains supporting documentation regarding collateral valuations and/or discounted cash flow analyses. Payments received on impaired loans for which the ultimate collectability of principal is uncertain are generally applied first as principal reductions. Impaired loans and other nonaccrual loans are returned to accrual status if the loan is brought contractually current as to both principal and interest and repayment ability is demonstrated, or if the loan is in the process of collection and no loss is anticipated.
 
The Corporation manages and controls risk in the loan portfolio through adherence to credit standards established by the Board of Directors and implemented by senior management. These standards are set forth in a formal loan policy which establishes loan underwriting and approval procedures, sets limits on credit concentration and enforces regulatory requirements.
 
Loan portfolio concentration risk is reduced through concentration limits for borrowers and varying collateral types. Concentration risk is measured and reported to senior management and the board of directors on a regular basis.
 
The assignment of loan risk ratings is the primary responsibility of the lending officer and is subject to independent review by internal loan review, which also performs ongoing, independent review of the risk management process. The risk management process includes underwriting, documentation and collateral control. Loan review is centralized and independent of the lending function. The loan review results are reported to senior management and the Audit and Enterprise Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors. The Corporation has a centralized loan administration department to serve our entire bank. This department provides standardized oversight for compliance with loan approval authorities and bank lending policies and procedures, as well as centralized supervision, monitoring and accessibility.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined on a net aggregate basis. The carrying value of these loans is adjusted for any origination fees and cost incurred to originate these loans. Differences between the carrying amount of mortgage loans held for sale and the amounts received upon sale are credited or charged to income at the time the proceeds of the sale are collected. The fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.


93


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed over the estimated service lives of the assets using straight-line and accelerated methods, generally using 5 to 40 years for premises and 5 to 10 years for furniture and equipment.
 
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred; expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized and written off by depreciation charges. Property retired or sold is removed from the asset and related accumulated depreciation accounts and any gain or loss resulting there from is reflected in the statement of operations.
 
The Corporation reviews any long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
 
Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets include primarily core deposit intangible assets that are amounts recorded related to the value of acquired non-maturity deposits. Core deposit intangibles are amortized over their expected useful lives. The Corporation realized a goodwill impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 2008, representing the entire goodwill intangible asset. As of December 31, 2009, the Corporation did not have any goodwill.
 
ASC Topic 350 requires goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives to no longer be amortized but instead tested for impairment at least annually, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations, or other factors could result in a decline in the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying amount, a loss is recognized in noninterest expense to reduce the carrying amount to implied fair value of goodwill. A goodwill impairment test includes two steps. Step One, used to identify potential impairment, compares the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Step Two of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied estimated fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill for that reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that unit’s goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
 
Management tested goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of 2008 and recorded a $160,306,000 impairment charge ($63,815,000 Alabama Region and $96,491,000 Florida Region), for that quarter representing all of the goodwill intangible asset. The primary cause of the goodwill impairment within these reporting units was the significant decline in the estimated fair value of the units as a result of increases in nonperforming loans, overall decline in our market capitalization and compression of the net interest margin, all resulting from the economic crisis and its effect on financial institutions which occurred during the fourth quarter.
 
For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, management uses both the income and market approaches to value its reporting units. The income approach quantifies the present value of future economic benefits by the “capitalizing of benefits” method or the “discounted cash flow” (“DCF”) method. In estimating the fair value of our reporting units under the income approach model, management used the DCF method which relies on a forecast of growth and earnings over a period of time and includes a measure of cash flow based on projected earnings and projected dividends, or dividend paying capacity, in addition to an estimate of a residual value. The projected future cash flows are discounted using a discount rate determined under a build-up approach using the risk-free rate of return, adjusted equity beta, equity risk premium, and a company-specific risk factor. The company-specific risk factor is used to address the uncertainty of growth estimates and earnings projections of management.


94


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
The Corporation uses the “guideline company transaction” method to apply the market approach. Management selected a group of comparable transactions that it believes would likely reference comparable transactions pricing when making a decision to purchase the applicable reporting unit. An estimate of value can be determined by comparing the financial condition of the subject reporting unit against the financial characteristics and pricing information of the comparable companies.
 
Management used the results of these methods to estimate fair value. The table below shows the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of each reporting unit at December 31, 2008. The table includes the discount rate used in the income approach model and the market multipliers used in the market approach.
 
                 
    Alabama
    Florida
 
    Region     Region  
 
Discount rate used in income approach
    14.0 %     14.5 %
Transaction method multiplier — Price to tangible book(1)
    2.00 x     1.35 x
 — Premium to deposit valuation(2)
    5.0 %     4.0 %
Implied premium to trading prices(3)
    30.0 %     30.0 %
 
 
(1) This multiplier is applied to tangible book value.
 
(2) This multiplier is applied to tangible book value plus deposits.
 
(3) Average based on bank and thrift transactions in Southeast Region announced since January 1, 2003.
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Corporation’s core deposit intangible, which is being amortized over ten years from the date of acquisition, was as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Core deposit intangible
  $ 26,355     $ 26,355  
Accumulated amortization
    (10,764 )     (6,823 )
                 
Net core deposit intangible
  $ 15,591     $ 19,532  
                 
 
Amortization expense was $3,941,000, $3,585,000, and $1,691,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Aggregate amortization expense for the years ending December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2014, is estimated to be as follows:
 
         
Year
  Annual Expense  
    (In thousands)  
 
2010
  $ 3,479  
2011
    3,049  
2012
    2,492  
2013
    2,235  
2014
    2,051  
         
Total
  $ 13,306  
         
 
Other Real Estate
 
Other real estate, acquired through partial or total satisfaction of loans, is carried at fair value, less estimated selling expenses, in other assets. At the date of acquisition, any difference between the fair value and book value of the asset is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent gains or losses on the sale or losses from the


95


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
valuation of and the cost of maintaining and operating other real estate are included in other income or expense. Other real estate totaled $41,618,000 and $19,971,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Security Repurchase Agreements
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are generally accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. Securities, generally U.S. government and Federal agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements cannot be sold or re-pledged by the secured party.
 
Income Taxes
 
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis. The Corporation accounts for income taxes using the balance sheet method pursuant to ASC Topic 740. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
In the ordinary course of business the Corporation has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit card arrangements and commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable to the extent that they do not qualify as derivatives.
 
Per Share Amounts
 
Earnings per common share computations are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented.
 
Diluted earnings per common share computations are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the dilutive effect of stock options, warrants, convertible preferred stock and restricted stock awards.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Under ASC Topic 718, which became effective for the Corporation in the first quarter of 2006, companies are required to recognize an expense in the statement of operations for the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees, but expresses no preference for a type of valuation method. This expense is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. This topic carried forward prior guidance on accounting for awards to non-employees. If an equity award is modified after the grant date, incremental compensation cost will be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately prior to the modification.
 
Pension Plan
 
Liabilities and contributions to the plan are calculated using the actuarial unit credit method of funding.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
ASC Topic 815 requires companies to recognize all of their derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position at fair value.
 
Under the guidance, derivative financial instruments that qualify as a hedging relationship are designated, based on the exposure being hedged, as either fair value or cash flow hedges. Fair value hedge relationships mitigate


96


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
exposure to the change in fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment. Under the fair value hedging model, gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the gains and losses attributable to the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in earnings in the period in which the change in fair value occurs.
 
Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions. Under the cash flow hedging model, the effective portion of the gain or loss related to the derivative instrument, if any, is recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. For derivative financial instruments not designated as a fair value or cash flow hedges, gains and losses related to the change in fair value are recognized in earnings during the period of change in fair value.
 
The Corporation formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as fair-value or cash-flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions.
 
The Corporation also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Corporation discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed below.
 
The Corporation discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (1) it is determined that the derivative instrument is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (3) the derivative instrument is de-designated as a hedge instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; (4) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (5) management determines that designation of the derivative instrument as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate.
 
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative instrument no longer qualifies as an effective fair-value hedge, the derivative instrument will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value and the hedged asset or liability will no longer be adjusted for changes in fair value. When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the derivative instrument will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value and any asset or liability that was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment will be removed from the balance sheet and recognized as a gain or loss in the then-current-period earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative instrument will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings.
 
When the derivative instrument is de-designated, terminated or sold, any gain or loss will remain in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be reclassified into earnings over the same period during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative instrument will be carried at its fair value on the balance sheet, with changes in its fair value recognized in the then-current-period earnings.
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Management measures fair value at the price the Corporation would receive by selling an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Management prioritizes the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (the “inputs”) into a


97


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
three-tier fair value hierarchy. This fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority (Level 1) to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority (Level 3) to unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, requiring companies to develop their own assumptions. Observable inputs that do not meet the criteria of Level 1, and include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, are categorized as Level 2. Level 3 inputs are those that reflect management’s estimates about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, based on the best information available in the circumstances. Valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured using Level 3 inputs may include methodologies such as the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach, and may use unobservable inputs such as projections, estimates and management’s interpretation of current market data. These unobservable inputs are only utilized to the extent that observable inputs are not available or cost-effective to obtain.
 
Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted
 
In March of 2008, FASB issued Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-10, Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“ASC 815-10”), which amended and expanded the disclosure requirements to provide greater transparency about (i) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedge items are accounted for, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. To meet those objectives, the guidance requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of gains and losses on derivative instruments and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. ASC 815-10 became effective on January 1, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements).
 
In December of 2008, FASB issued guidance that requires additional disclosures related to Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets. This guidance will provide users of financial statements with an understanding of: 1) how investment allocation decisions are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of investment policies and strategies, 2) the major categories of plan assets, 3) the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets, 4) the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on changes in plan assets for the period, and 5) significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. This guidance does not require any changes to current accounting. The disclosure requirements became effective for the Corporation during this period ending December 31, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Corporation’s results of operations or financial condition.
 
In April of 2009, FASB finalized certain guidance regarding the accounting treatment for investments including mortgage-backed securities which included revising the method for determining if OTTI exists and the amount of OTTI to be recorded through an entity’s income statement. These revisions provide greater clarity and reflect a more accurate representation of the credit and noncredit components of an OTTI event and are summarized as follows:
 
  •  ASC 820-10, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly (“ASC 820-10”) provides guidelines for making fair value measurements more consistent by emphasizing that even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability and regardless of the valuation technique used, the objective of a fair value measurement remains the same. Fair value is the price that would be received in a sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale), between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions.


98


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
 
  •  ASC 320-10, Recognition and Presentation of Other-than-temporary impairments (“ASC 320-10”) provides additional guidance designed to create greater clarity and consistency in accounting for and presenting impairment losses on securities. It amends OTTI impairment guidance for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of OTTI on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. It does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to OTTI of equity securities.
 
  •  ASC 825-10 and ASC 270-10, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (“ASC 825-10 and ASC 270-10”) enhance consistency in financial reporting by increasing the frequency of fair value disclosures.
 
This guidance became effective for financial statements issued for periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early application possible for the first quarter of 2009. The Corporation elected to adopt ASC 820-10 and ASC 320-10 as of March 31, 2009, while deferring the election of ASC 825-10 and ASC 270-10 until June 30, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flow other than requiring additional disclosures (See Note 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). The effect of the adoption of ASC 320-10 resulted in the portion of OTTI determined to be credit-related ($15.7 million, pre-tax) being recognized in current earnings, while the portion of OTTI related to other factors ($7.3 million, pre-tax) was recognized in other comprehensive loss (see Notes 3 and 28 to the consolidated financial statements).
 
In June of 2009, FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-01 — Generally Accepted Accounting Principles amendments based on FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS No. 168”). In June of 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168 to replace FASB Statement No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS No. 162”) and authorize the Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC” or “Codification”) as the new source for authoritative U.S. GAAP and ends the practice of FASB issuing standards in the familiar forms. On July 1, 2009, the FASB implemented the ASC as the authoritative source, along with SEC guidance, for U.S. GAAP through issuance of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU” or “Update”) 2009-01. The FASB will no longer issue Statements of Financial Accounting Standards, but rather will issue Updates that will provide background information about the amended guidance along with a basis for conclusions regarding the change. These Updates will amend the ASC to reflect the new guidance issued by the FASB. The Corporation implemented the use of the ASC in the third quarter of 2009. The ASC changed the way the Corporation will reference authoritative accounting literature in its filings. The recently adopted standards are now part of the ASC. Accounting standards not yet adopted will consist of Updates as well as Statements issued before July 1, 2009 that are not yet effective.
 
In August of 2009, FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05 — Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures — Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value (“ASU 2009-05”). This Update provides amendments to Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, for the fair value measurement of liabilities. This Update provides clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following techniques: 1) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset and/or quoted prices for similar liabilities when traded as assets; 2) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of Topic 820. This Update became effective for the Corporation on September 30, 2009, and had a material impact on the Corporation’s financial statements during the fourth quarter of 2009. At the date of the exchange agreement, the Corporation’s valuation of the trust preferred securities received in the exchange of $69,000,000 in preferred stock held by the U.S. Treasury was determined internally using a discounted cash flow model. The assumed discount rate used for estimating the fair value was estimated by obtaining the yields at which comparable issues were trading as assets in


99


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
the market. This valuation yielded a discount of $44,714,000 which resulted in a $23, 097,000 increase of common stockholders’ equity, net of tax (see Note 29).
 
Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
 
There are no new accounting pronouncements that have not yet been adopted that will have a significant impact to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
 
2.   Business Combinations
 
People’s Acquisition
 
The Corporation completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of People’s Community Bancshares, Inc. (“People’s”), of Sarasota, Florida on July 27, 2007 in exchange for 1,658,781 shares (restated to reflect 1-for-4 reverse stock split) of the Corporation’s common stock valued at approximately $73,982,000. The shares were valued by using the average of the closing prices of the Corporation’s stock for several days prior to and after the terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced. The total purchase price, which includes certain direct acquisition costs, was $76,429,000. As a result of the acquisition, the Corporation now operates three banking locations in Sarasota and Manatee Counties, Florida. This area is a significant addition to the Corporation’s largest market, which was expanded in 2006 by the acquisition of Kensington Bankshares, Inc., in Tampa, Florida.
 
The People’s transaction resulted in $47,313,000 of goodwill allocated to the Florida reporting unit and $9,810,000 of core deposit intangibles (see Note 1). The goodwill acquired is not tax-deductible. The amount allocated to the core deposit intangible is being amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years based on the undiscounted cash flow.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (dollars in thousands):
 
         
    Amount  
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 3,854  
Federal funds sold
    4,200  
Investment securities
    47,684  
Loans, net
    254,047  
Premises and equipment, net
    2,318  
Goodwill
    47,313  
Core deposit intangibles
    9,810  
Other assets
    10,478  
Deposits
    (245,459 )
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    (6,905 )
Advances from FHLB
    (37,983 )
Junior subordinated debentures
    (3,962 )
Other liabilities
    (8,966 )
         
Total consideration paid for People’s
  $ 76,429  
         


100


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities
 
The amounts at which investment securities are carried and their approximate fair values at December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Investment securities available-for-sale
                               
U.S. agency securities
  $ 54,156     $ 30     $ 505     $ 53,681  
Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”):
                               
U.S. Agency MBS — residential
    160,713       3,293       282       163,724  
U.S. Agency MBS — collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”)
    12,780       76       97       12,759  
Private-label — CMO
    19,410       152       3,371       16,191  
                                 
Total MBS
    192,903       3,521       3,750       192,674  
                                 
State, county and municipal securities
    31,235       450       223       31,462  
                                 
Corporate obligations :
                               
Corporate debt
    4,138             138       4,000  
Pooled trust preferred securities
    8,255             5,052       3,203  
Single issue trust preferred securities
    5,000             4,023       977  
                                 
Total corporate obligations
    17,393             9,213       8,180  
Equity securities
    563             250       313  
                                 
Total investment securities available-for-sale
  $ 296,250     $ 4,001     $ 13,941     $ 286,310  
                                 


101


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
The amounts at which investment securities are carried and their approximate fair values at December 31, 2008 are as follows:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Investment securities available-for-sale
                               
U.S. agency securities
  $ 3,713     $ 132     $ 2     $ 3,843  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
U.S. Agency MBS — residential
    234,026       3,692       210       237,508  
U.S. Agency MBS — CMO
    16,000       189       3       16,186  
Private-label — CMO
    30,421       45       4,036       26,430  
                                 
Total MBS
    280,447       3,926       4,249       280,124  
                                 
State, county and municipal securities
    41,379       445       1,202       40,622  
                                 
Corporate obligations :
                               
Corporate debt
    5,944             198       5,746  
Pooled trust preferred securities
    14,390             4,451       9,939  
Single issue trust preferred securities
    10,000             3,296       6,704  
                                 
Total corporate obligations
    30,334             7,945       22,389  
Equity securities
    563             399       164  
                                 
Total investment securities available-for-sale
  $ 356,436     $ 4,503     $ 13,797     $ 347,142  
                                 
 
Investment securities with an amortized cost of $237,535,000 and $268,245,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2009, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
                 
    Securities Available-for-Sale  
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Fair Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 280     $ 281  
Due after one year through five years
    7,331       7,297  
Due after five years through ten years
    59,001       58,566  
Due after ten years
    36,735       27,492  
Mortgage-backed securities
    192,903       192,674  
                 
    $ 296,250     $ 286,310  
                 
 
Gross realized gains on sales of investment securities available for sale in 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $5,644,000, $1,509,000, and $308,000, respectively, and gross realized losses for the same periods were $-0-, $20,000, and $-0-, respectively. During the third quarter of 2009, management sold approximately 63 securities with combined amortized cost and market values of $151,970,000 and $157,620,000, respectively. Nearly all of the


102


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
sale proceeds were reinvested in 30 federal agency securities (direct and MBS) and classified in portfolio as available-for-sale.
 
In January 2008, the Corporation securitized approximately $18,000,000 of residential mortgage loans retaining 100 percent of the beneficial interest and retained interest. The beneficial interest includes federal agency securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and the retained interest includes a servicing asset, which was not significant. No gain or loss was recognized on the securitization; however, the Corporation entered a commitment to sell the securities for a gain of approximately $347,000 which closed in February 2008. The Company retained servicing responsibilities and will receive servicing fees amounting to approximately 25 basis points of the outstanding balance of these loans. The FHLMC has no recourse to the Corporation for failure of debtors to pay when due.
 
The following tables present the age of gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category for the periods shown:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Less Than 12 Months     More Than 12 Months     Total  
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
    Fair Value     Losses(1)     Fair Value     Losses(1)     Fair Value     Losses(1)  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
 
Temporarily Impaired
                                               
U.S. Agency securities
  $ 48,409     $ 505     $     $     $ 48,409     $ 505  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
U.S. Agency MBS — residential
    75,493       272       239       10       75,732       282  
U.S. Agency MBS — CMO
    6,036       97                   6,036       97  
Private-label — CMO
                12,059       1,753       12,059       1,753  
                                                 
Total MBS
    81,529       369       12,298       1,763       93,827       2,132  
                                                 
State, county and municipal securities
    7,360       121       1,019       102       8,379       223  
                                                 
Corporate obligations:
                                               
Corporate debt
                4,000       138       4,000       138  
Single issue trust preferred securities
                977       4,023       977       4,023  
                                                 
Total corporate obligations
                4,977       4,161       4,977       4,161  
Equity securities
                314       250       314       250  
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities
    137,298       995       18,608       6,276       155,906       7,271  
Other-than-temporarily Impaired
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Private-label — CMO
                3,037       1,618       3,037       1,618  
Corporate obligations:
                                               
Pooled trust preferred securities
                3,203       5,052       3,203       5,052  
                                                 
Total OTTI securities
                6,240       6,670       6,240       6,670  
                                                 
Total temporarily and other-than-temporarily impaired
  $ 137,298     $ 995     $ 24,848     $ 12,946     $ 162,146     $ 13,941  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Unrealized losses are included in other comprehensive income (loss), net of unrealized gains and applicable income taxes.
 


103


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2008  
    Less Than 12 Months     More Than 12 Months     Total  
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
    Fair Value     Losses(1)     Fair Value     Losses(1)     Fair Value     Losses(1)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Temporarily Impaired
                                               
U.S. agency securities
  $     $     $ 249     $ 2     $ 249     $ 2  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
U.S. Agency MBS — residential
    21,602       178       3,655       32       25,257       210  
U.S. Agency MBS — CMO
                700       3       700       3  
Private-label — CMO
    17,126       3,912       3,017       124       20,143       4,036  
                                                 
Total MBS
    38,728       4,090       7,372       159       46,100       4,249  
                                                 
State, county and municipal securities
    17,275       831       3,662       371       20,937       1,202  
                                                 
Corporate obligations:
                                               
Corporate debt
                5,745       198       5,745       198  
Pooled trust preferred securities
    896       481       9,043       3,970       9,939       4,451  
Single issue trust preferred securities
                6,705       3,296       6,705       3,296  
                                                 
Total corporate obligations
    896       481       21,493       7,464       22,389       7,945  
Equity securities
    164       399                   164       399  
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 57,063     $ 5,801     $ 32,776     $ 7,996     $ 89,839     $ 13,797  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Unrealized losses are included in other comprehensive income (loss), net of unrealized gains and applicable income taxes.

104


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
 
The following is a summary of the total count by category of investment securities with gross unrealized losses:
 
                         
    December 31, 2009  
    Less Than
    Greater Than
       
    12 Months     12 Months     Total  
 
Temporarily Impaired
                       
U.S. Agency securities
    10             10  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                       
U.S. Agency MBS — residential
    17       1       18  
U.S. Agency MBS — CMO
    1             1  
Private-label — CMO
          8       8  
                         
Total MBS
    18       9       27  
                         
State, county and municipal securities
    22       4       26  
                         
Corporate obligations:
                       
Corporate debt
          3       3  
Single issue trust preferred securities
          1       1  
                         
Total corporate obligations
          4       4  
Equity securities
          3       3  
                         
Total temporarily impaired securities
    50       20       70  
Other-than-temporarily Impaired
                       
Mortgage-backed securities:
                       
Private-label — CMO
          4       4  
Corporate obligations:
                       
Pooled trust preferred securities
          5       5  
                         
Total OTTI securities
          9       9  
                         
Total temporarily and other-than-temporarily impaired
    50       29       79  
                         
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment.
 
Management evaluates securities for OTTI at least on a quarterly basis. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating the portfolio into the various segments outlined in the tables above and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI according to ASC 320-10 guidance. In addition, certain purchased beneficial interests, which may include private-label mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in ASC 325-40 guidance.
 
In determining OTTI according to FASB guidance, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions and (4) whether the Corporation has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.


105


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
The pooled trust preferred segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the model, the Corporation compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. An OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.
 
When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI is recognized in earnings at an amount equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Corporation’s securities portfolio consisted of 228 securities, 79 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The majority of unrealized losses are related to the Corporation’s private-label CMOs and trust preferred securities, as discussed below.
 
Mortgage-backed Securities
 
At December 31, 2009, approximately 92% of the dollar volume of mortgage-backed securities we held was issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae, GNMA and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support, and these securities have nominal unrealized losses. Our mortgage-backed securities portfolio also includes 12 private-label CMOs with a market value of $16,191,000, which had net unrealized losses of approximately $3,219,000 at December 31, 2009. These private-label CMOs were rated AAA at purchase. The following is a summary of the investment grades for these securities:
 
                         
          Credit Support
       
          Coverage
    Unrealized
 
Rating Moody/Fitch
  Count     Ratios(1)     Loss  
 
A 1/A A A
    1       3.07     $ (137 )
Aaa/AAA
    1       4.18       (5 )
Aaa/NR
    1       N/A       (1 )
NR/AAA
    1       6.29       (374 )
NR/AA
    1       2.84       (339 )
NR/A+
    1       3.08       (111 )
Baa2/NR
    1       N/A       (622 )
B2/AAA
    1       3.59       (162 )
Caa1/NR(2)
    1       1.43       (1,619 )
Ca/NR(2)
    1       0.00        
NR/CCC(2)
    2       0.26-0.53       151  
                         
Total
    12             $ (3,219 )
                         


106


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
 
(1) The Credit Support Coverage Ratio, which is the ratio that determines the multiple of credit support, based on assumptions for the performance of the loans within the delinquency pipeline. The assumptions used are: Current Collateral Support/ ((60 day delinquencies x.60) + (90 day delinquencies x.70) + (foreclosures x 1.00) + (other real estate x 1.00)) x .40 for loss severity.
 
(2) Includes all private-label CMOs that have OTTI. See discussion that follows.
 
During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, the Corporation recognized a $1,894,000, pre-tax non-cash OTTI charge on three private-label CMOs which experienced significant rating downgrades in those respective quarters. These downgrades continued in 2009 and resulted in a total OTTI of $6,850,000 on the CMO’s, including a credit portion of $4,577,000. The assumptions used in the valuation model include expected future default rates, loss severity and prepayments. The model also takes into account the structure of the security, including credit support. Based on these assumptions, the model calculates and projects the timing and amount of interest and principal payments expected for the security. At December 31, 2009, the fair values of these four securities totaling $4,131,000 were measured using Level 3 inputs because the market for them has become illiquid, as indicated by few, if any, trades during the period. These securities were previously measured using Level 2 inputs. The discount rates used in the valuation model were based on a yield that the market would require for such securities with maturities and risk characteristics similar to the securities being measured (See Note 19 for additional disclosure). The following table provides additional information regarding these CMO valuations as of December 31, 2009 (Dollars in thousands):
 
                                                                                 
          Discount
                            Life-to-Date
 
          Margin
                      Actual
    Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment  
    Price
    Basis
          Cumulative
    Average
    60+ Days
    Credit Portion              
Security
  (%)     Points     Yield     Default     Security     Delinquent     2008     2009     Other     Total  
 
CMO 1
    19.90       1698       18.00 %     58.60 %     50.00 %     15.31 %   $ (599 )   $ (1,231 )   $ (195 )   $ (2,025 )
CMO 2
    2.08       1777       18.00 %     59.70 %     60.00 %     31.52 %     (492 )     (1,443 )     (127 )     (2,062 )
CMO 3
    22.15       1598       17.00 %     47.65 %     45.00 %     26.13 %     (803 )     (1,558 )     (332 )     (2,693 )
CMO 4
    60.73       1362       17.00 %     27.60 %     45.00 %     14.82 %           (345 )     (1,619 )     (1,964 )
                                                                                 
                                                    $ (1,894 )   $ (4,577 )   $ (2,273 )   $ (8,744 )
                                                                                 
 
As of December 31, 2009, management does not intend to sell these securities, nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to sell the securities before the entire amortized cost basis is recovered since our current financial condition, including liquidity and interest rate risk, will not require such action.
 
State, county and municipal securities
 
The unrealized losses in the municipal securities portfolio are primarily impacted by changes in interest rates. This portfolio segment is not experiencing any credit problems at December 31, 2009. We believe that all contractual cash flows will be received on this portfolio.


107


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
Trust Preferred Securities
 
The Corporation’s investment portfolio includes five pooled trust preferred securities (“CDO”) and two single issuances. The determination of fair value of the CDO’s was determined with the assistance of an external valuation firm. The valuation was accomplished by evaluating all relevant credit and structural aspects of the CDOs, determining appropriate performance assumptions and performing a discounted cash flow analysis. The valuation was structured as follows:
 
  •  Detailed credit and structural evaluation for each piece of collateral in the CDO;
 
  •  Collateral performance projections for each piece of collateral in the CDO (default, recovery and prepayment/amortization probabilities);
 
  •  Terms of the CDO structure, as laid out in the indenture;
 
  •  The cash flow waterfall (for both interest and principal);
 
  •  Overcollateralization and interest coverage tests;
 
  •  Events of default/liquidation;
 
  •  Mandatory auction call;
 
  •  Optional redemption;
 
  •  Hedge agreements; and
 
  •  Discounted cash flow modeling.
 
On the basis of the evaluation of collateral credit, and in combination with a review of historical industry default data and current/near-term operating conditions, appropriate default and recovery probabilities are determined for each piece of collateral in the CDO. Specifically, an estimate of the probability that a given piece of collateral will default in any given year. Next, on the basis of credit factors like asset quality and leverage, a recovery assumption is formulated for each piece of collateral in the event of a default. For collateral that has already defaulted, we assume no recovery. For collateral that is deferring we assume a recovery rate of 10%. It is also noted that there is a possibility, in some cases, that deferring collateral will become current at some point in the future. As a result, deferring issuers are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and in some instances, based on an analysis of the credit; a probability is assigned that the deferral will ultimately cure.
 
The base-case collateral-specific assumptions are aggregated into cumulative weighted-average default, recovery and prepayment probabilities. In light of generally weakening collateral credit performance and a challenging U.S. credit and real estate environment, our assumptions generally imply a larger amount of collateral defaults during the next three years than that which has been experienced historically and a gradual leveling off of defaults thereafter.
 
The discount rates used to determine fair value are intended to reflect the uncertainty inherent in the projection of the issuance’s cash flows. Therefore, spreads were chosen that are comparable to spreads observed currently in the market for similarly rated instruments and is intended to reflect general market discounts currently applied to structured credit products. The discount rates used to determine the credit portion of the OTTI are equal to the current yield on the issuances as prescribed under ASC 325-40.


108


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
The following tables provide various information and fair value model assumptions regarding our CDOs at December 31, 2009 (Dollars in thousands):
 
                                                                 
                              Year-to-Date
 
                              Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment  
    Single/
  Class/
  Amortized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Credit
                   
Name
  Pooled   Tranche   Cost     Value     Loss     Portion     Other           Total  
 
MM Caps Funding I Ltd
  Pooled   MEZ   $ 1,895     $ 745     $ (1,150 )   $ (245 )   $ (1,150 )           $ (1,395 )
MM Community Funding Ltd
  Pooled   B     2,110       881       (1,229 )     (2,921 )     (1,229 )             (4,150 )
Preferred Term Securities V
  Pooled   MEZ     1,218       436       (782 )     (165 )     (782 )             (947 )
Tpref Funding III Ltd
  Pooled   B-2     3,032       1,141       (1,891 )     (962 )     (1,891 )             (2,853 )
Trapeza 2007-13A LLC
  Pooled   D                       (1,876 )                   (1,876 )
New South Capital Corp(1)
  Single   Sole                       (5,000 )                   (5,000 )
Emigrant Capital Trust(2)
  Single   Sole     5,000       977       (4,023 )                          
                                                                 
            $ 13,255     $ 4,180     $ (9,075 )   $ (11,169 )   $ (5,052 )           $ (16,221 )
                                                                 
 
                     
            Original Collateral —
  Performing Collateral —
   
            Percent of Actual
  Percent of Expected
   
    Lowest
  Performing
  Deferrals and
  Deferrals and
  Excess
Name
  Rating   Banks   Defaults   Defaults   Subordination(3)
 
MM Caps Funding I Ltd
  Ca   23   15%   23%   0%
MM Community Funding Ltd
  Ca   8   21%   83%   0%
Preferred Term Securities V
  CC   1   5%   54%   0%
Tpref Funding III Ltd
  Ca   25   23%   24%   0%
Trapeza 2007-13A LLC
  C   38   27%   27%   0%
New South Capital Corp(1)
  NR   NA   NA   NA   NA
Emigrant Capital Trust(2)
  CC   NA   NA   NA   NA
 
                 
    Fair Value
    Discount Margin
  Yield
Name
  (Price to Par)     (Basis Points)   (Basis Points)
 
MM Caps Funding I Ltd
  $ 37.26     Swap + 1800   9.48% Fixed
MM Community Funding Ltd
    17.61     LIBOR + 1300   LIBOR + 310
Preferred Term Securities V
    31.67     LIBOR + 1300   LIBOR + 210
Tpref Funding III Ltd
    28.53     LIBOR + 1200   LIBOR + 190
Trapeza 2007-13A LLC
        NA   LIBOR + 120
Emigrant Capital Trust(2)
    19.53     LIBOR + 2342   LIBOR + 200
 
 
(1) Management received notification in April 2009 that interest payments on this issue will be deferred for up to 20 quarters. In addition, New South’s external auditor issued a going concern opinion on May 2, 2009. Management determined that there was not sufficient positive evidence that this issue will ever pay principal or interest. Therefore, OTTI was recognized on the full amount of the security during the first quarter of 2009. In December 2009, the banking subsidiary of New South Capital was closed by its regulator and placed in receivership.
 
(2) There has been no notification of deferral or default on this issue. An analysis of the company, including discussion with its management, indicates there is adequate capital and liquidity to service the debt. The discount margin of 2342 basis points was derived from implied credit spreads from certain publicly traded trust preferred securities within the issuers peer group.
 
(3) Excess subordination represents the additional defaults in excess of both the current and projected defaults the issue can absorb before the security experiences any credit impairment. Excess subordination is calculated by


109


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
determining what level of defaults an issue can experience before the security has any credit impairment and then subtracting both the current and projected future defaults.
 
In addition to the impact of interest rates, the estimated fair value of these CDOs have been and continue to be depressed due to the unusual credit conditions that the financial industry has faced since the middle of 2008 and a weakening economy, which has severely reduced the demand for these securities and rendered their trading market inactive.
 
As of December 31, 2009, management does not intend to sell these securities, nor is it more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the securities before the entire amortized cost basis is recovered since the current financial condition of the Corporation, including liquidity and interest rate risk, will not require such action.
 
The following table provides a rollforward of the amount of credit-related losses recognized in earnings for which a portion of OTTI has been recognized in other comprehensive income through December 31, 2009:
 
         
    For the
 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $  
Amounts related to credit losses for which an OTTI was not previously recognized
    4,637  
Reductions for securities sold during the period
     
Increases in credit loss for which an OTTI was previously recognized when the investor does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost
    4,232  
Reductions for securities where there is an intent to sale or requirement to sale
     
Reductions for increases in cash flows expected to be collected
     
         
Balance at end of period
  $ 8,869  
         
 
Management will continue to evaluate the investment ratings in the securities portfolio, severity in pricing declines, market price quotes along with timing and receipt of amounts contractually due. Based upon these and other factors, the securities portfolio may experience further impairment.
 
Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB Atlanta”)
 
As of December 31, 2009, the Corporation has stock in FHLB Atlanta totaling $18,212,000 (its par value), which is presented separately on the face of our statement of financial condition. There is no ready market for the stock and no quoted market values, as only member institutions are eligible to be shareholders and all transactions are, by charter, to take place at par with FHLB Atlanta as the only purchaser. Therefore, the Corporation accounts for this investment as a long-term asset and carries it at cost. Management reviews this stock quarterly for impairment and conducts its analysis in accordance with ASC 942-325-35-3.
 
Management’s determination as to whether this investment is impaired is based on management’s assessment of the ultimate recoverability of its par value (cost) rather than recognizing temporary declines in its value. The


110


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
determination of whether the decline affects the ultimate recoverability of our investment is influenced by available information regarding criteria such as:
 
  •  The significance of the decline in net assets of FHLB Atlanta as compared to the capital stock amount for FHLB Atlanta and the length of time this decline has persisted;
 
  •  Commitments by FHLB Atlanta to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of FHLB Atlanta;
 
  •  The impact of legislative and regulatory changes on financial institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of FHLB Atlanta; and
 
  •  The liquidity position of FHLB Atlanta.
 
Management has reviewed publicly available information regarding the financial condition of FHLB Atlanta and concluded that no impairment existed based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of the par value of the investment. Management noted that FHLB Atlanta reported operating income of $191,700,000 and $11,100,000 during the second and third quarters of 2009, respectively. In addition, during the second quarter of 2009, FHLB Atlanta reinstated its dividend, at a rate of 0.84% and 0.41%, for the second and third quarters of 2009, respectively, compared to a prior rate of 2.89% for the last dividend paid in the third quarter of 2008, prior to its dividend suspension. On the basis of a review of the financial condition, cash flow, liquidity and asset quality indicators of the FHLB Atlanta as of the end of its third quarter of 2009, as well as the decision of FHLB Atlanta to reinstate the dividend announced in the second and third quarters, management has concluded that no impairment exists on our investment in the stock of FHLB Atlanta. This is a long-term investment that serves a business purpose of enabling us to enhance the liquidity of the Bank through access to the lending facilities of FHLB Atlanta. For the foregoing reasons, management believes that FHLB Atlanta’s current position does not indicate that our investment will not be recoverable at par, our cost, and thus the investment is not impaired as of December 31, 2009.
 
4.   Loans
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the composition of the loan portfolio was as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 213,329     $ 207,372  
Real estate — construction and land development
    680,445       637,587  
Real estate — mortgages
               
Single-family
    691,364       655,216  
Commercial
    801,813       726,704  
Other
    28,885       31,187  
Consumer
    58,785       57,877  
Other
    969       972  
                 
Total loans
  $ 2,475,590     $ 2,316,915  
                 
 
Nonperforming loans and impaired loans are defined differently. Some loans may be included in both categories, whereas other loans may only be included in one category. Included in our impaired loans are nonperforming loans with specific impairment and loans considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A restructuring of debt constitutes a TDR if for economic or legal reasons related to borrower’s financial difficulties we grant a concession to the borrower that we would not otherwise consider.


111


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Loans — (Continued)
 
The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Impaired loans with specific valuation allowance
  $ 129,298     $ 32,299  
Valuation allowance related to impaired loans
    (14,527 )     (5,106 )
Impaired loans without specific valuation allowance
    151,050       20,581  
                 
Impaired loans, net
  $ 265,821     $ 47,774  
                 
 
Nonperforming loans were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Nonaccrual loans
  $ 155,631       54,712  
Accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent
    3,920       8,033  
 
The following is a summary of our TDRs, net of specific allowance:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Restructured and performing under restructured terms
  $ 110,277     $ 2,643  
Restructured and not performing under restructured terms
    5,527        
 
Interest income on impaired loans is recognized as earned on an accrual basis except for impaired loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status. Interest income received on nonaccrual impaired loans is recognized as received on a cash basis:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Average investment in impaired loans for the period
  $ 136,567     $ 37,385     $ 11,767  
Interest recognized during the period for impaired loans
    4,661       1,714       873  
Interest recognized on a cash basis during the period for impaired loans
    274              
 
There are commitments to lend additional funds to the borrowers of impaired or non-accrual loans at December 31, 2009 of approximately $2,700,000.


112


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
5.   Allowance for Loan Losses
 
A summary of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, is as follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 28,850     $ 22,868     $ 18,892  
Allowance of acquired banks
                3,717  
Provision for loan losses
    28,550       13,112       4,541  
Total charge-offs
    (16,661 )     (8,444 )     (5,722 )
Total recoveries
    1,145       1,314       1,440  
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 41,884     $ 28,850     $ 22,868  
                         
 
6.   Premises and Equipment
 
Components of premises and equipment at December 31, are as follows:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Land
  $ 22,867     $ 21,575  
Premises
    85,891       83,986  
Furniture and equipment
    31,360       27,646  
                 
      140,118       133,207  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (37,926 )     (31,253 )
                 
Net book value of premises and equipment in service
    102,192       101,954  
Construction in process (also includes land for branch expansion)
    1,830       2,131  
                 
Total
  $ 104,022     $ 104,085  
                 
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $7,249,000, $6,576,000 and $4,630,000, respectively.
 
During 2000, Community entered into sale/leaseback arrangements on its Hamilton, Alabama bank location. Due to the structure of this transaction, the lease qualified and has been accounted for under capitalized lease rules.
 
The following is an analysis of the leased property located in Hamilton, Alabama on which the Company maintains a capital lease:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Buildings
  $ 2,450     $ 2,450  
Accumulated depreciation
    (261 )     (180 )
                 
Total
  $ 2,189     $ 2,270  
                 


113


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
6.   Premises and Equipment — (Continued)
 
The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments under the capital lease and all other operating leases, together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2009:
 
                                 
    Operating        
Years Ending December 31,
  Property     Equipment     Total     Capitalized  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2010
  $ 3,536     $ 235     $ 3,771     $ 275  
2011
    3,275       129       3,404       269  
2012
    2,724       69       2,793       263  
2013
    2,153       8       2,161       258  
2014
    1,952             1,952       252  
2015 and thereafter
    14,821             14,821       3,208  
                                 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 28,461     $ 441     $ 28,902       4,525  
                                 
Amount representing interest
                            (1,141 )
                                 
Present value of net minimum lease payments
                          $ 3,384  
                                 
 
Rental expense relating to operating leases amounted to approximately $3,835,000, $3,721,000 and $2,460,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
On May 31, 2002, the purchaser of Community’s Marshall County branch offices acquired the land, building and land improvements located in Albertville, Alabama under a sales-type lease. The lease agreement called for 60 payments of $14,000 per month beginning June 1, 2002. The lease ended on May 31, 2007 and was subject to options which gave the right for the seller to require the purchaser to purchase the property and gave the right to the purchaser to require the seller to sell the property. The purchase option was exercised on May 31, 2007 and proceeds totaling $2,621,544 were received by the Bank.
 
Property Classified as Held-for-Sale
 
During the second quarter of 2008, management committed to a plan to sell real estate which consists of the former corporate headquarters and administrative office facilities of Community in Blountsville, Alabama. Management committed to the sale of the Community property in Blountsville because the size and location of the facility does not meet the Corporation’s current needs or future expansion plans. Management initially expected the property to sell within 12 months but has not been able to secure a buyer. Management believes the property is appropriately priced and expects a sale within the next year. The property’s current carrying value, included in other assets, is $1,965,000, which approximates its market value.
 
This asset is included as part of the administrative reporting unit.
 
Sale-Leaseback Transactions
 
On July 24, 2007, the Corporation’s banking subsidiary sold a branch office building in Huntsville, Alabama to a limited liability company, of which one of the Corporation’s directors is a member, for $3,000,000. The limited liability company then leased the building back to the banking subsidiary. The initial term of the lease is 14 years and may be renewed, at the banking subsidiary’s option, for three additional terms of five years each. The amount of the monthly lease payments to be made by the banking subsidiary is $19,500 for the first year of the lease and increases annually until it reaches $26,881 per month in year 14. Annual rent escalations associated with this lease are being accounted for on a straight-line basis over 14 years. Rent for the renewal terms is to be determined based on appraisals of the property. No gain or loss was recognized on this transaction, which was entered into in the ordinary course of business and is being accounted for as an operating lease.


114


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
6.   Premises and Equipment — (Continued)
 
On September 7, 2007, the Corporation’s banking subsidiary sold an additional branch office building in Huntsville, Alabama to an unrelated party for $2,445,000. The purchaser then leased the building back to the banking subsidiary. The initial term of the lease is 15 years and may be renewed, at the banking subsidiary’s option, for three additional terms of five years each. The amount of the monthly lease payments to be made by the banking subsidiary is $11,225 for the initial term. Rent for the renewal terms is to be determined based on future appraisals of the property. No gain or loss was recognized on this transaction, which was entered into in the ordinary course of business and is being accounted for as an operating lease.
 
On January 30, 2008, the Corporation’s banking subsidiary entered into agreements with a limited liability company, of which one of the Corporation’s directors is a member, pursuant to which the limited liability company purchased on January 31, 2008 office buildings located in Albertville and Athens, Alabama for a total of $4,250,000. The limited liability company then leased the building back to the banking subsidiary. The initial term of each lease is 13 years and each lease may be renewed, at the banking subsidiary’s option, for two additional terms of five years each. The amount of the monthly lease payments to be made by the banking subsidiary in the first year is $13,240 for the Albertville office and $14,208 for the Athens office. These amounts increase annually until the monthly lease payments reach $17,393 for the Albertville office and $18,666 for the Athens office in year 13. Annual rent escalations associated with these leases are being accounted for on a straight line basis over the lease terms. Rent for the renewal terms is to be determined based on appraisals of the properties. A gain of $73,000 was realized on these transactions which will be recognized as a reduction of rental expense over the remaining term of the leases. These transactions were entered into in the ordinary course of business and are being accounted for as operating leases.
 
On June 27, 2008, the Bank entered into a lease with a limited liability company of which one of our directors is a member. The initial term of the lease is 10 years and commenced on September 1, 2009. The lease may be renewed, at the Bank’s option, for two additional terms of five years each. The amount of the monthly lease payments to be made by the Bank is $21,221 for the first year of the lease and increases annually until it reaches $27,688 per month in year 10.
 
7.   Deposits
 
The following schedule details interest expense on deposits:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest-bearing demand
  $ 8,543     $ 14,705     $ 20,791  
Savings
    3,651       2,731       819  
Time deposits $100,000 and over
    15,975       19,356       21,122  
Other time deposits
    26,191       31,613       36,935  
                         
Total
  $ 54,360     $ 68,405     $ 79,667  
                         
 
At December 31, 2009, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows (Dollars in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 1,144,280  
2011
    207,520  
2012
    27,721  
2013
    8,603  
2014 and thereafter
    35,598  
         
Total
  $ 1,423,722  
         


115


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
8.   Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”)
 
The following is a summary, by year of maturity, of advances from the FHLB as of December 31:
 
                                 
    2009     2008  
    Weighted
          Weighted
       
Year:
  Average Rate     Balance     Average Rate     Balance  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
2009
    %   $       1.03 %   $ 142,984  
2010
    3.36       29,982       6.41       5,000  
2011
    2.66       50,000       2.69       75,000  
2012
    4.44       5,000       4.44       5,000  
2013
    3.46       35,000       3.46       35,000  
2015
    4.58       66,340       4.58       66,340  
2020
    4.28       32,000       4.28       32,000  
                                 
Total
    3.74 %   $ 218,322       2.67 %   $ 361,324  
                                 
 
The above schedule is by contractual maturity. Call dates for the above are as follows: 2010, $215,340,000.
 
The advances are secured by a blanket lien on certain residential and commercial real estate loans and agency mortgage-backed securities, all with a carrying value of approximately $942,728,000 at December 31, 2009. The Corporation has available approximately $177,229,000 in unused advances under the blanket lien subject to the availability of qualifying collateral.
 
In February 2008, FHLB advances totaling $100,000,000 were refinanced to lower the current interest rate in response to current market conditions. This refinancing was accounted for as debt modification therefore no gain or loss was recognized on the transaction. The following table summarizes the terms of the refinanced advances by contractual maturity:
 
                         
          Weighted
       
          Average
       
    Current
    Rate
       
    Weighted
    Before
       
Matures
  Average Rate     Refinancing     Balance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2011
    2.77 %     4.60 %   $ 25,000  
2013
    3.46       4.21       35,000  
2015
    4.05       4.57       40,000  
                         
Total
    3.52 %     4.45 %   $ 100,000  
                         
 
The FHLB has issued for the benefit of the Corporation’s banking subsidiary two irrevocable letters of credit. The Bank has a $20,000,000 irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the Chief Financial Officer of the State of Florida to secure certain deposits of the State of Florida. The letter of credit expires January 4, 2011 upon 60 days’ prior notice of non-renewal; otherwise it automatically extends for a successive one-year term. In addition, the Bank has a $50,000,000 irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the State of Alabama SAFE Program to secure certain deposits of the State of Alabama. This letter of credit expires on September 15, 2010 and will automatically be extended, without amendments, for successive one-year periods from the expiration date, without ninety days’ prior notice of non-renewal.


116


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
9.   Federal Funds Borrowed and Security Repurchase Agreements
 
Detail of Federal funds borrowed and security repurchase agreements follows:
 
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at December 31:
               
Federal funds borrowed
  $     $  
Security repurchase agreements
    841       3,563  
Maximum outstanding at any month end:
               
Federal funds borrowed
          3,135  
Security repurchase agreements
    4,026       7,817  
Daily average amount outstanding:
               
Federal funds borrowed
    17       1,145  
Security repurchase agreements
    1,935       6,367  
Weighted daily average interest rate:
               
Federal funds borrowed
    1.01 %     2.93 %
Security repurchase agreements
    0.85       2.14  
Weighted daily interest rate for amounts outstanding at December 31:
               
Federal funds borrowed
    %     %
Security repurchase agreements
    1.82       0.29  
 
The carrying value of securities sold under repurchase agreements is $4,227,000 and $10,015,000 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
10.   Notes Payable
 
The following is a summary of notes payable for the periods shown:
 
                                 
    As of December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    Principal     Rate     Principal     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Note payable to bank, borrowed under $7,000,000 line of credit, due September 3, 2010; interest is based on Wall Street prime plus 1.25 but not less than 4.5%, secured by 100% of the outstanding Superior Bank stock(1)
  $ 7,000       4.50 %   $        
Note payable to bank, borrowed under $10,000,000 line of credit, due September 3, 2009; interest is based on the lender’s base rate, secured by 100% of the outstanding Superior Bank stock
                7,000       4.50 %
Senior note guaranteed under the TLGP, due March 30, 2012, 2.625% fixed rate due semi-annually
    40,000       2.625 %            
Less: Discount, FDIC guarantee premium and other issuance costs
    (1,083 )                  
                                 
Total notes payable
  $ 45,917             $ 7,000          
                                 
 
 
(1) Borrowings under this line are subject to certain customary affirmative and negative covenants on capital levels, indebtedness, mergers and other related matters. As of December 31, 2009, the Corporation was in compliance with all covenants.


117


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
10.   Notes Payable — (Continued)
 
On March 31, 2009, Superior Bank (the “Bank”), completed an offering of a $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount 2.625% Senior Note due 2012 (the “Note”). The Note is guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”) and is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The Note is a direct, unsecured general obligation of the Bank and it is not subject to redemption prior to maturity. The Note is solely the obligation of the Bank and is not guaranteed by the Corporation. The Bank received net proceeds, after discount, FDIC guarantee premium and other issuance costs, of approximately $38,575,000, which will be used by the Bank for general corporate purposes. The debt will yield an effective interest rate, including amortization, of 3.89%.
 
In connection with the TLGP, the Bank entered into a Master Agreement with the FDIC. The Master Agreement contains certain terms and conditions that must be included in the governing documents for any senior debt securities issued by the Bank that are guaranteed pursuant to the TLGP.
 
11.   Subordinated Debentures
 
Subordinated Debt and Related Warrant
 
On September 17, 2008, the Corporation’s banking subsidiary (“Bank”) entered into an Agreement to Purchase Subordinated Notes (the “Agreement”) with Durden Enterprises, LLC (the “Purchaser”). Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Bank issued to the Purchaser $10,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Subordinated Notes due September 15, 2018 (the “Notes”), and the Bank issued to the Purchaser a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase up to one million shares of our common stock, $.001 par value per share, at a price of $7.53 per share. The exercise price for the Warrant was based on the average of the closing prices of the Corporation’s common stock for the 10 trading days immediately preceding September 17, 2008. Interest on the Notes is payable quarterly. The Purchaser may, subject to regulatory approval, accelerate the payment of principal and interest if there is an event of default under the terms of the Notes. Events of default are limited to the commencement of voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or similar proceedings with respect to the Bank. Beginning on September 15, 2013, the Bank may redeem all or a portion of the Notes on any interest payment date at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the redeemed Notes plus accrued but unpaid interest.
 
The fair value of the Warrant of $2,553,000 was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the value allocated on an incremental basis. The assumptions used in the model were; risk-free rate of 2.57%, volatility factor of 37.14%, and a dividend rate of 0.00%. The value of the Warrant is being amortized into interest expense over the term of the Agreement. The Warrant is exercisable at any time prior to the close of business on September 15, 2013. The Corporation agreed to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) the stock that would be issued to the Purchaser upon the exercise of the Warrant. We also granted to the Purchaser an option to purchase up to $10,000,000 in additional subordinated notes and receive additional warrants in the future on similar terms and conditions with such changes as are necessary to reflect market conditions at that time. K. Earl Durden, the managing member of the Purchaser, is a director of the Corporation and the Bank.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures
 
On July 19, 2007, the Corporation issued approximately $22,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of trust preferred securities and a like amount of related subordinated debentures through the Corporation’s wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary trust, Superior Capital Trust I. The trust preferred securities and subordinated debentures bear interest at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.33% that is payable quarterly. The trust preferred securities, which may be redeemed on or after September 15, 2012, will mature on September 15, 2037 (see Note 30).
 
On July 25, 2007, the Corporation completed its redemption of approximately $16,000,000 in aggregate outstanding principal amount of Trust Preferred Securities and related six-month LIBOR plus 3.75% junior subordinated debentures due July 25, 2031, both of which were issued by the Corporation’s wholly-owned,


118


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Subordinated Debentures — (Continued)
 
unconsolidated subsidiary trust, TBC Capital Statutory Trust III. The Corporation called the securities for redemption effective July 25, 2007 at a redemption price equal to 106.15% of par. The remaining proceeds from the issuance of the new trust preferred securities were used in the stock repurchase program and for other corporate purposes. The Corporation incurred a loss of approximately $1,469,000 ($925,000 net of tax, or $.02 per share), during the third quarter of 2007 relating to the redemption of the outstanding trust preferred securities.
 
 
In addition to the trust described in the immediately following paragraph, the Corporation has three more sponsored trusts, TBC Capital Statutory Trust II (“TBC Capital II”), Community (AL) Capital Trust I (“Community Capital I”) and Peoples Community Statutory Trust I (“Peoples Trust I”), of which 100% of the common equity is owned by the Corporation. All trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing Corporation-obligated mandatory redeemable trust preferred securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such trust preferred securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Corporation (the debentures). The debentures held by each trust are the sole assets of that trust. Distributions on the trust preferred securities issued by each trust are payable quarterly and semi-annually, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate being earned by the trust on the debentures held by that trust. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures. The Corporation has entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the trust preferred securities subject to the terms of each of the guarantees. The debentures held by the TBC Capital II, Community Capital I and Peoples Trust I trusts are first redeemable, in whole or in part, by the Corporation on September 7, 2010, March 8, 2010 and December 15, 2010, respectively.
 
Also, as described in Note 29, on December 11, 2009, the Corporation established the Superior Capital Trust II for the purpose of exchanging the shares of Series A preferred stock held by the United States Department of the Treasury (the ’Treasury Department”) for trust preferred securities issued by this trust. The Corporation issued approximately $69,100,000 in aggregate principal amount of Trust Preferred Securities. The proceeds from such issuance was used by the trusts to purchase junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Corporation. The Trust Preferred Securities and subordinated debentures bear interest, payable quarterly, at a rate of 5% until February 15, 2014 when the rate increases to 9%. The Trust Preferred Securities are perpetual, having no stated maturity, but may be redeemed at any time by the Company on 30 days’ notice.
 
Refer to Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on the impact of the Exchange Offer on the trust preferred securities.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Corporation had five separate series of junior subordinated debentures outstanding with an aggregate principal amount of $121,700,000. Each series was issued under a separate indenture and with a separate guarantee. Each of these indentures, together with the related guarantee, prohibits the Corporation, subject to limited exceptions, from declaring or paying any dividends or distributions on, or redeeming, repurchasing, acquiring or making any liquidation payments with respect to, any of its capital stock at any time when (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default under such indenture or any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default under such indenture; (ii) the Corporation is in default with respect to payment of any obligations under such guarantee; or (iii) the Corporation has deferred payment of interest on the junior subordinated debentures outstanding under that indenture. In that regard, the Corporation is entitled, at its option but subject to certain conditions, to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debentures of each series from time to time for up to five years.
 
Events of default under the indentures generally consist of the Corporation’s failure to pay interest on the junior subordinated debt securities under certain circumstances, failure to pay any principal of or premium on such junior subordinated debt securities when due, the failure to comply with certain covenants under the indenture, and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation relating to the Corporation or Superior Bank.
 
As a result of these provisions, if the Corporation were to elect to defer payments of interest on any series of junior subordinated debentures, or if any of the other events described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first paragraph of this


119


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Subordinated Debentures — (Continued)
 
risk factor were to occur, the Corporation would be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends on its common stock, from repurchasing or otherwise acquiring any such common stock, and from making any payments to holders of common stock in the event of the Corporation’s liquidation.
 
Consolidated debt obligations related to these subsidiary trusts and other subordinated debt are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures
               
5.00% perpetual junior subordinated debentures owed to Superior Capital Trust II(3)(4)
  $ 69,100     $  
10.6% junior subordinated debentures owed to TBC Capital Statutory Trust II due September 7, 2030
    15,464       15,464  
10.875% junior subordinated debentures owed to Community Capital Trust I due March 8, 2030
    10,310       10,310  
3-month LIBOR plus 1.33% junior subordinated debentures owed to Superior Capital Trust I due September 15, 2037(1)
    22,681       22,681  
6.41% junior subordinated debentures owed to Peoples Community Capital Trust I due December 15, 2035(2)
    4,124       4,124  
Add (subtract):
               
Purchase accounting adjustment
    471       819  
Discount related to 5.00% perpetual junior subordinated debentures owed to Superior Capital Trust II(4)
    (45,598 )      
                 
Total junior subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
    76,552       53,398  
Other Subordinated Debt
               
9.5% subordinated debentures owed to Durden Enterprises, LLC due September 15, 2013
    10,000       10,000  
Add (subtract):
               
Discount related to 9.5% subordinated debentures owed to Durden Enterprises, LLC
    (2,382 )     (2,514 )
                 
Total other subordinated debt
    7,618       7,486  
                 
Total subordinated debentures
  $ 84,170     $ 60,884  
                 
 
 
(1) Interest rate is equal to 1.58% at December 31, 2009. The Corporation has entered into interest rate swap agreements to an average effective fixed rate of 4.42%. (see Note 15)
 
(2) Converts to quarterly floating rate of LIBOR plus 1.45% in December 2010.
 
(3) Converts to 9.00% on February 15, 2014 (see Note 29).
 
(4) Effective yield is equal to 20.22% (see Note 29).
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans
 
The Corporation recognized compensation cost of $720,000 $910,000 and $473,000, in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, for all share-based payments, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718.


120


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
The Corporation established the Third Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1998 Plan”) for directors and certain key employees that provides for the granting of restricted stock and incentive and nonqualified options to purchase up to 625,000 (restated for 1-for-4 reverse stock split) shares of the Corporation’s common stock of which substantially all available shares have been granted. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors determines the terms of the restricted stock and options granted. All options granted have a maximum term of ten years from the grant date, and the option price per share of options granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the grant date. Some of the options granted under the plan in the past vested over a five-year period, while others vested based on certain benchmarks relating to the trading price of the Corporation’s common stock, with an outside vesting date of five years from the date of grant. More recent grants have followed this benchmark-vesting formula.
 
In April 2008, the Corporation’s stockholders approved the Superior Bancorp 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2008 Plan”) which succeeded the 1998 Plan. The purpose of the 2008 Plan is to provide additional incentive for the Corporation’s directors and key employees to further the growth, development and financial success of the Corporation and its subsidiaries by personally benefiting through the ownership of the Corporation’s common stock, or other rights which recognize such growth, development and financial success. The Corporation’s Board also believes the 2008 Plan will enable it to obtain and retain the services of directors and employees who are considered essential to its long-range success by offering them an opportunity to own stock and other rights that reflect the Corporation’s financial success. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under the 2008 Plan is 300,000 (restated for 1-for-4 reverse stock split) shares, of which no more than 90,000 shares may be issued for “full value awards” (defined under the 2008 Plan to mean any awards permitted under the 2008 Plan that are neither stock options nor stock appreciation rights). Only those employees and directors who are selected to receive grants by the administrator may participate in the 2008 Plan.
 
During the first quarter of 2005, the Corporation granted 422,734 options to the new management team. These options have exercise prices ranging from $32.68 to $38.52 per share and were granted outside of the stock incentive plan as part of the inducement package for new management. These shares are included in the tables below.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term. Expected volatility has been estimated based on historical data. The expected term has been estimated based on the five-year vesting date and change of control provisions. The Corporation used the following weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Risk-free interest rate
    2.57 %     3.65 %     4.49 %
Volatility factor
    55.38 %     35.19 %     29.11 %
Expected term (in years)
    5.00       5.00       5.00  
Dividend yield
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %


121


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
A summary of stock option activity as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and changes during the years then ended is set forth below:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
  Number     Price     Term     Value  
 
Under option, beginning of period
    848,922     $ 29.94                  
Granted
    104,100       2.97                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited
    (27,375 )     (31.77 )                
                                 
Under option, end of period
    925,647     $ 26.85       5.65     $ 39  
                                 
Exercisable at end of period
    625,903     $ 31.76       2.90     $  
                                 
Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted during the period
  $ 1.47                          
                                 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                               
Under option, beginning of period
    802,048     $ 33.08                  
Granted
    114,875       9.45                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited
    (68,001 )     (32.35 )                
                                 
Under option, end of period
    848,922     $ 29.94       6.19     $  
                                 
Exercisable at end of period
    634,028     $ 31.72       3.94     $  
                                 
Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted during the period
  $ 3.95                          
                                 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
                               
Under option, beginning of period
    760,649     $ 32.28                  
Granted
    69,149       40.20                  
Exercised
    (21,250 )     25.48                  
Forfeited
    (6,500 )     41.40                  
                                 
Under option, end of period
    802,048     $ 33.08       6.70     $  
                                 
Exercisable at end of period
    691,649     $ 31.76       5.44     $  
                                 
Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted during the period
  $ 13.80                          
                                 
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $-0-, $-0- and $287,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, there was $409,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested awards. This expense will be recognized over approximately the next 30-months unless the shares vest earlier based on achievement of benchmark trading price levels. During the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation recognized approximately $471,000, $623,000 and $473,000 in compensation expense related to options granted.


122


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
In January 2008, members of the Corporation’s management received restricted common stock grants totaling 26,788 shares. These grants exclude certain senior executive management who received cash under the short-term management incentive plan in lieu of restricted stock. The grant date fair value of this restricted common stock is equal to $18.56 per share or $497,000 in the aggregate which will be recognized over a 24-month period as 50% of the stock vested on January 22, 2009 with the remaining 50% vesting on January 22, 2010. During the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Corporation recognized approximately $249,000 and $286,000, respectively, in compensation expense related to restricted stock. The outstanding shares of restricted common stock are included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, using the treasury stock method, until the shares vest. Once vested, the shares become outstanding for basic earnings per share. If an executive’s employment terminates prior to a vesting date for any reason other than death, disability or a change in control, the unvested stock is forfeited pursuant to the terms of the restricted common stock agreement. Unvested restricted common stock becomes immediately vested upon death, disability or a change in control. Under the restricted common stock agreements, the restricted stock may not be sold or assigned in any manner during the vesting period, but the executive will have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the stock (i.e. the right to vote, receive dividends, etc), prior to vesting.
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plans
 
Superior Bancorp ESOP
 
Effective August 31, 2007, the Corporation terminated the Superior Bancorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”). The ESOP was leveraged, and a promissory note existed between the ESOP and the Corporation that had a remaining balance of $1,165,000 at the termination date. The promissory note was satisfied by the transfer from the ESOP to the Corporation of 31,867 unallocated shares of Corporation common stock valued at a price of $36.56 per share, the closing price that day. The Corporation transferred these shares during the third quarter of 2007 to treasury stock at current market value from the unallocated ESOP shares account. The remaining 4,295 unallocated shares were committed to be allocated to the participants’ accounts, and, as a result, the Corporation recognized additional compensation expense during the third quarter of 2007 of approximately $158,000.
 
On January 29, 2003, the ESOP trustees finalized a $2,100,000 promissory note, which has been fully repaid as discussed above, to reimburse the Corporation for the funds used to leverage the ESOP. The unreleased shares and a guarantee of the Corporation secured the promissory note, which had been classified as notes payable on the Corporation’s statement of financial condition. As the debt was repaid, shares were released from collateral based on the proportion of debt service. Principal payments on the debt were $17,500 per month for 120 months. The interest rate adjusted to the Wall Street Journal prime rate. Interest expense incurred on the debt in 2007 totaled $82,000. Total contributions to the plan during 2007 totaled $1,326,000. Released shares were allocated to eligible employees at the end of the plan year based on the employee’s eligible compensation to total compensation. The Corporation recognized compensation expense during the period as the shares were earned and committed to be released. As shares were committed to be released and compensation expense was recognized, the shares became outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share computations. The amount of compensation expense reported by the Corporation is equal to the average fair value of the shares earned and committed to be released during the period. Compensation expense that the Corporation recognized during the period ended December 31, 2007 was $371,000.
 
Community Bancshares ESOP
 
As a result of its merger with Community, the Corporation became a sponsor of an internally leveraged ESOP maintained by Community. This ESOP has an outstanding loan to the Corporation that bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate of interest. As of December 31, 2009, the interest rate on the note was 3.25%. Principal and interest payments on the ESOP loan are due monthly through August, 2011, based on the current amortization schedule, with the remaining principal and interest, if any, due upon that date. The ESOP loan may be prepaid in


123


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
whole or in part without penalty under the loan agreement, subject to applicable ERISA and tax restrictions. The Corporation makes contributions to the ESOP that enables the ESOP to make payments due under the ESOP loan. Under ASC 718-40, Employee Stock Ownership Plans, (“ASC 718-40”) employers that sponsor an ESOP with an employer loan should not report the ESOP’s note payable or the employer’s note receivable in the employer’s statement of condition, nor should interest cost or interest income be recognized on the employer loan. The Corporation has followed the provisions of ASC 718-40 accordingly. The ESOP was terminated effective December 31, 2009.
 
An employee becomes a participant in the ESOP after completing 12 months of service during which the employee is credited with 1,000 hours or more of service. Contributions to the plan are made at the discretion of the board but may not be less than the amount required to service the ESOP debt. Under the terms of the ESOP, after a person ceases to be an employee of the Corporation, that person is no longer eligible to participate in the ESOP. In that case, the person may demand to receive all stock credited to his benefit under the ESOP as of the end of the year immediately preceding that person’s termination of employment with the Corporation.
 
Dividends paid on released ESOP shares are credited to the accounts of the participants to whom the shares are allocated. Dividends on unreleased shares may be used to repay the debt associated with the ESOP or treated as other income of the ESOP and allocated to the participants. Compensation cost recognized during the period ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $16,000, $36,000 and $125,000, respectively. The ESOP shares as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Allocated shares
    69,695       65,787  
Estimated shares committed to be released
    3,938       3,908  
Unreleased shares
    12,335       16,273  
                 
Total ESOP shares
    85,968       85,968  
                 
Fair value of unreleased shares
  $ 40,582     $ 51,585  
                 
                 
 
13.   Profit-Sharing Plan and Other Agreements
 
The Corporation sponsors a profit-sharing plan that permits participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet certain age and length of service requirements. The Corporation matches contributions at its discretion. The Corporation’s contributions to the plan were $1,082,000, $1,062,000 and $886,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The Corporation has various nonqualified retirement agreements with certain current and former directors and former executive officers. Generally, the agreements provide a fixed retirement benefit that will be paid in installments ranging from 10 to 20 years. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, substantially all of the benefits due under these plans were vested. The Corporation’s nonqualified retirement agreements had an aggregate unfunded projected benefit of approximately $5,267,000 (see settlement discussion below) as of December 31, 2009 and $5,316,000 at December 31, 2008. The accrued liability, included in other liabilities, associated with these benefits totaled $2,346,000 and $2,312,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which represents the present value of the future benefits. Compensation expense related to these plans totaled $83,000, $175,000 and $334,000 for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectfully.
 
During 2008, the Corporation recognized two separate gains from the extinguishment of approximately $5,800,000 in liabilities. The first gain related to a settlement of a retirement agreement with a previous executive officer under which the Corporation had a remaining unfunded obligation to pay approximately $6,200,000 in


124


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
13.   Profit-Sharing Plan and Other Agreements — (Continued)
 
benefits over a 17-year period. This obligation was settled through a cash settlement payment of $3,000,000 with a recognized pre-tax gain of $574,000. The second gain related to a forfeiture of benefits owed to a former executive officer under the Community Bancshares, Inc. Benefit Restoration Plan (see Note 20) and resulted in a pre-tax gain of $2,344,000.
 
 
14.   Income Taxes
 
The components of the consolidated income tax (benefit) expense are as follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 533     $ 73     $ 88  
State
    201       75       25  
                         
Total current expense
    734       148       113  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (12,062 )     (4,243 )     3,529  
State
    (1,677 )     (493 )     492  
                         
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
    (13,739 )     (4,736 )     4,021  
                         
Total income tax (benefit) expense
  $ (13,005 )   $ (4,588 )   $ 4,134  
                         


125


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Income Taxes — (Continued)
 
Significant components of the Corporation’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Deferred income tax assets:
               
Rehabilitation tax credit
  $ 5,981     $ 5,981  
Allowance for loan losses
    15,455       10,601  
Nonaccrual interest
    2,993       998  
Deferred compensation
    1,194       1,423  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    11,635       12,562  
Alternative minimum tax credit carryover
    1,418       1,243  
Purchase accounting basis differences
    542       1,234  
Other-than-temporary impairment loss on securities
    9,587       3,761  
Unrealized loss on securities
    3,678       3,439  
Other
    4,094       2,991  
                 
Total deferred income tax assets
    56,577       44,233  
Less: valuation allowance on net operating loss carryforwards
    (1,207 )     (1,207 )
Deferred income tax liabilities:
               
Difference in book and tax basis of premises and equipment
    4,418       4,389  
Difference in book and tax basis on exchange of preferred stock
               
for trust preferred securities
    16,521        
Excess purchase price and intangibles
    4,660       5,848  
Other
    233       466  
                 
Total deferred income tax liabilities
    25,832       10,703  
                 
Net deferred income tax asset
  $ 29,538     $ 32,323  
                 
 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the balance sheet method. Under this method, the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. These calculations are based on many complex factors, including estimates of the timing of reversals of temporary differences, the interpretation of federal and state income tax laws, and a determination of the differences between the tax and the financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in determining the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
 
The recognition of deferred tax assets (“DTA”) is based upon management’s judgment that realization of the asset is more likely than not. Management’s judgment is based on estimates concerning various future events and uncertainties, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, the timing and amount of future income earned by the Corporation’s subsidiaries and the implementation of various tax planning strategies to maximize realization of the DTA. Although realization is not assured, management believes that the realization of the $29,538,000 net DTA is more likely than not. This net DTA is comprised of $56,577,000 of deferred tax assets, net of $25,832,000 in deferred tax liabilities and a $1,200,000 valuation allowance. The major components of the $56,577,000 deferred tax asset are $7,400,000 in general and AMT tax credit carryforwards, $11,635,000 in net operating loss carryforwards and $37,500,000 in deductions that have not yet been taken on a tax return. The


126


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Income Taxes — (Continued)
 
Corporation’s deferred tax liabilities of $25,832,000 are comprised primarily of differences between the book and tax bases of certain assets and liabilities of which $12,600,000 are expected to reverse during the carryforward period to offset a corresponding amount of deferred tax asset. In general, net of the existing deferred tax liabilities the Corporation will need to generate approximately $106,000,000 of taxable income during the respective carryforward periods in order to fully realize its DTAs.
 
As a result of book losses incurred in 2009 and 2008, the Corporation is in three-year-cumulative loss position at December 31, 2009 and there are no taxes paid in prior years that are available for the carryback period. A cumulative loss position is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the realizability of a DTA. The Corporation’s management has concluded that sufficient positive evidence exists to overcome this negative evidence. The positive evidence which management based its conclusions includes the following:
 
  •  Management forecasts sufficient taxable income in the next five years, even under stressed economic scenarios, to realize the Corporation’s DTA in the carryforward periods allowed under the respective federal and state revenue codes (see discussion below).
 
  •  Management has a history of extremely accurate forecasting of asset/liability growth and corresponding interest margin, as well as reasonably accurate forecasting of controllable income and expense.
 
  •  The Corporation’s net interest margin remains strong and has steadily improved even in this weak economy.
 
  •  The Corporation’s liquidity is strong due to a mature branch network which provides a reliable and low cost funding source to support the interest margin.
 
  •  The Corporation has stable levels of core operating noninterest income and noninterest expenses.
 
  •  The Corporation’s executive team is experienced in managing through difficult credit cycles.
 
  •  A recent economic forecast indicates a strengthening real estate economy in Florida, where approximately 46% of the Corporation’s total loans and 71% of total classified loans are located.
 
  •  The Corporation’s general tax credit and federal net operating loss carryforwards do not begin expiring until the years 2018 and 2023, respectively. The AMT credit carryforwards have no expiration. In addition, the Corporation has no history of operating or tax credit carryforwards expiring unused.
 
The only tax planning strategy management considered involves the decision to hold any available-for-sale debt security in an unrealized loss position until they mature at which time the Corporation’s full investment will be recovered. The amount of the Corporation’s DTA considered realizable, however, could be significantly reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are significantly lower than forecasted due to further decreases in market conditions, or the economy, which could produce additional credit losses within the loan and investment portfolios. In that regard, the forecasted taxable income has been based on several economic scenarios which have been stressed in varying degrees to reflect slower economic recovery than currently anticipated by management, which under the model results in additional credit losses and the corresponding impact net interest margin. Each scenario was assigned individually for each year a probability of occurring, with the final five-year forecast comprising the scenarios that exceeded a cumulative probability of 50% (the more likely than not threshold) in any year. Even though the Corporation’s forecasts project taxable income for an eight-year period, management did not rely on any forecast after the fifth year because years six through eight did not exceed the more likely than not threshold. Management evaluates quarterly the realizability of the net deferred tax assets and, if necessary adjust the valuation allowance accordingly.
 
In 2006, due to limitations on the use of state net operating losses acquired in the merger with Community, a valuation allowance of $1,207,000 was established against such deferred income tax assets in purchase accounting.


127


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Income Taxes — (Continued)
 
The effective tax rate differs from the expected tax using the statutory rate. Reconciliation between the expected tax and the actual income tax (benefit) expense follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Expected tax (benefit) expense at statutory rate of income (loss) before taxes
  $ (11,184 )   $ (57,031 )   $ 3,996  
Add (deduct):
                       
State income tax (benefit) expense, net of federal tax
    (974 )     (276 )     341  
Effect of interest income exempt from Federal income taxes
    (633 )     (665 )     (468 )
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    (747 )     (654 )     (644 )
Effect of nondeductible goodwill impairment charge
          53,656        
Taxable exchange of cash surrender value of life insurance
                256  
Other items — net
    533       382       653  
                         
Income tax (benefit) expense
  $ (13,005 )   $ (4,588 )   $ 4,134  
                         
Federal statutory rate
    34 %     34 %     34 %
                         
 
The Corporation’s unused net operating loss carryforwards and expiration dates are as follows:
 
                 
Year of expiration:
  Federal     Alabama  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2011
  $     $ 12,233  
2012
          14,769  
2013
          22,016  
2014
          6,751  
2015
          3,453  
2016
          2,527  
2017
          8  
2018 through 2022
          1,040  
2023
    2,788       56  
2024
    13,043        
2025
    5,813        
2026
    5,788        
2027
    143        
                 
    $ 27,575     $ 62,853  
                 


128


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Income Taxes — (Continued)
 
The Corporation has available at December 31, 2009 unused rehabilitation tax credits that can be carried forward and utilized against future Federal income tax liability. Unused credits and expiration dates are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Year of expiration:
       
2018
  $ 1,734  
2019
    738  
2020
    1,261  
2021
    522  
2022
    366  
2023
    960  
2024
    400  
         
    $ 5,981  
         
 
This credit was established as a result of the restoration and enhancement of the John A. Hand Building, which is designated as an historical structure and serves as the corporate headquarters for the Corporation. This credit is equal to 20% of certain qualified expenditures incurred by the Corporation prior to December 31, 2005. The Corporation is required to reduce its tax basis in the John A. Hand Building by the amount of the credit.
 
Applicable income tax (benefit) expense of $(3,738,000), $(3,128,000), and $114,000 on investment securities (losses) gains for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, is included in income taxes.
 
The Corporation recognized a ($98,000) tax benefit in 2007 related to the exercise of nonqualified stock options. This benefit was recognized as a credit to stockholders’ equity as additional surplus.
 
The Corporation adopted the revised provisions of ASC Topic 740-10, Recognition of Income Taxes, (“ASC 740-10”) on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption, the Corporation recognized a charge of approximately $555,000 to the January 1, 2007 retained earnings balance. As of the adoption date, the Corporation had unrecognized tax benefits of $459,000, all of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. Also, as of the adoption date, the Corporation had accrued interest expense related to the unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $146,000. Accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits is recognized in income tax expense. Penalties, if incurred, will be recognized in income tax expense as well. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows (Dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 336,000     $ 459,000  
Additions based upon tax positions related to the current year
           
Additions for tax positions of prior years
           
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
          (123,000 )
Settlements
    (336,000 )      
                 
Balance at December 31
  $     $ 336,000  
                 
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as to Alabama and Florida income taxes. The Corporation has concluded all U.S. federal and Florida income tax matters for years through 2005, including acquisitions.
 
All state income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2007. The Corporation had received notices of proposed adjustments relating to state taxes due for the years 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006 and 2007, which include proposed adjustments relating to income apportionment of a subsidiary. During the first quarter of 2009,


129


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Income Taxes — (Continued)
 
management settled these matters for $800,000 which had been estimated and accrued through December 31, 2008; therefore there was no effect on our reported earnings for 2009 or 2008. The $123,000 reduction in 2008 of the unrecognized tax benefit above was the result of a three-year statue of limitations on the 2004 taxable year.
 
 
15.   Derivatives
 
The fair value of derivative positions outstanding is included in other assets and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition and in the net change in each of these financial statement line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.
 
The Corporation utilizes interest rate swaps, caps and floors to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk and to facilitate the needs of its customers. The Corporation’s objectives for utilizing these derivative instruments are described below:
 
Interest Rate Swaps
 
The Corporation has entered interest rate swaps (“CD swaps”) to convert the fixed rate paid on brokered certificates of deposit (“CDs”) to a variable rate based upon three-month LIBOR. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Corporation had $723,000 and $1,166,000, respectively, in notional amount of CD swaps which had not been designated as hedges. These CD swaps had not been designated as hedges because they represent the portion of the interest rate swaps that are over-hedged due to principal reductions on the brokered CDs.
 
The Corporation has entered into certain interest rate swaps on commercial loans that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivative contracts relate to transactions in which the Corporation enters into an interest rate swap with a loan customer while at the same time entering into an offsetting interest rate swap with another financial institution. In connection with each swap transaction, the Corporation agrees to pay interest to the customer on a notional amount at a variable interest rate and receive interest from the customer on a similar notional amount at a fixed interest rate. At the same time, the Corporation agrees to pay another financial institution the same fixed interest rate on the same notional amount and receive the same variable interest rate on the same notional amount. The transaction allows the Corporation’s customer to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. Because the Corporation acts as an intermediary for its customer, changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts for the most part offset each other and do not significantly impact the Corporation’s results of operations.
 
Fair Value Hedges
 
As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Corporation had $2,777,000 and $5,334,000, respectively, in notional amount of CD swaps designated and qualified as fair value hedges. These CD swaps were designated as hedging instruments to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of the underlying brokered CD due to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the amount of CD swaps designated as hedging instruments had a recorded fair value of $228,000 and $799,000, respectively, and a weighted average life of 2.5 and 6.8 years, respectively. The weighted average fixed rate (receiving rate) was 4.70% and the weighted average variable rate (paying rate) was 0.52% (LIBOR based).
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
The Corporation has entered into interest rate swap agreements designated and qualified as a hedge with notional amounts of $22,000,000 to hedge the variability in cash flows on $22,000,000 of junior subordinated debentures. Under the terms of the interest rate swaps, which mature September 15, 2012, the Corporation receives a floating rate based on 3-month LIBOR plus 1.33% (1. 58% as of December 31, 2009) and pays a weighted average fixed rate of 4.42%. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, these interest rate swap agreements are recorded as liabilities in the amount of $766,000 and $954,000, respectively.


130


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Derivatives — (Continued)
 
Interest Rate Lock Commitments
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation enters into certain commitments with customers in connection with residential mortgage loan applications. Such commitments are considered derivatives under FASB guidance and are required to be recorded at fair value. The aggregate amount of these mortgage loan origination commitments was $41,038,000 and $92,721,000 at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The fair value of the origination commitments was $(370,000) and $(117,000) at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
 
The notional amounts and estimated fair values of interest rate derivative contracts outstanding at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are presented in the following table. The Corporation obtains dealer quotations to value its interest rate derivative contracts designated as hedges of cash flows, while the fair values of other interest rate derivative contracts are estimated utilizing internal valuation models with observable market data inputs. The estimated fair values of these derivatives are included in the Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis table of Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
          Estimated
          Estimated
 
    Notional
    Fair
    Notional
    Fair
 
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of fair value:
                               
Interest rate swap on brokered certificates of deposit
  $ 2,777     $ 228     $ 5,334     $ 799  
Interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of cash flows:
                               
Interest rate swaps on subordinated debenture
    22,000       (766 )     22,000       (954 )
Non-hedging interest rate derivatives:
                               
Brokered certificates of deposit interest rate swap
    723       59       1,166       164  
Mortgage loan held for sale interest rate lock commitment
    41,038       (370 )     92,721       (117 )
Commercial loan interest rate swap
    3,766       323       3,861       462  
Commercial loan interest rate swap
    3,766       (323 )     3,861       (462 )
 
The weighted-average rates paid and received for interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2009 were as follows:
 
                 
    Weighted-Average
    Interest
  Interest
    Rate
  Rate
    Paid   Received
 
Interest rate swaps:
               
Fair value hedge on brokered certificates of deposit interest rate swap
    0.52 %     4.70 %
Cash flow hedge interest rate swaps on subordinated debentures
    4.42       1.58  
Non-hedging interest rate swap on commercial loan
    6.73       6.73  
 
Gains, Losses and Derivative Cash Flows
 
For fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of both the derivative hedging instrument and the hedged item are included in noninterest income to the extent that such changes in fair value do not offset represents hedge ineffectiveness. For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss due to changes in the fair value of the derivative hedging instrument is included in other comprehensive income, while the ineffective portion (indicated by the excess of the cumulative change in the fair value of the derivative over that which is necessary to offset the


131


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Derivatives — (Continued)
 
cumulative change in expected future cash flows on the hedge transaction) is included in noninterest income. Net cash flows from the interest rate swap on subordinated debentures designated as a hedging instrument in an effective hedge of cash flows are included in interest expense on subordinated debentures. For non-hedging derivative instruments, gains and losses due to changes in fair value and all cash flows are included in other noninterest income.
 
Amounts included in the consolidated statements of operations related to interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of fair value were as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest rate swap on brokered certificates of deposit:
                       
Amount of gain (loss) included in interest expense on deposits
  $ 109     $ 65     $ (61 )
Amount of (loss) gain included in other noninterest income
    (506 )     342       73  
 
Amounts included in the consolidated statements of operations and in other comprehensive income (loss) for the period related to interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of cash flows were as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest rate swap on subordinated debenture:
                       
Net (loss) gain included in interest expense on subordinated debt
  $ (474 )   $ (50 )   $  
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income
    119       (601 )      
 
No ineffectiveness related to interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of cash flows was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations during the reported periods. The accumulated net after-tax loss related to effective cash flow hedge included in accumulated other comprehensive income totaled $483,000, $602,000, and $-0- at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Amounts included in the consolidated statements of operations related to non-hedging interest rate swap on commercial loans were not significant during any of the reported periods. As stated above, the Corporation enters into non-hedge related derivative positions primarily to accommodate the business needs of its customers. Upon the origination of a derivative contract with a customer, the Corporation simultaneously enters into an offsetting derivative contract with a third party. The Corporation recognizes immediate income based upon the difference in the bid/ask spread of the underlying transactions with its customers and the third party. Because the Corporation acts only as an intermediary for its customer, subsequent changes in the fair value of the underlying derivative contracts for the most part offset each other and do not significantly impact the Corporation’s results of operations.
 
Gain (loss) included in noninterest income on the consolidated statements of operations related to non-hedging derivative instruments were as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,
    2009   2008   2007
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Non-hedging interest rate derivatives:
                       
Brokered certificates of deposit interest rate swap
  $ (67 )   $ 426     $ 742  
Mortgage loan held for sale interest rate lock commitment
    (253 )     (239 )     122  
Interest rate floors
          678       374  
Commercial loan interest rate swap
          34        


132


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Derivatives — (Continued)
 
Counterparty Credit Risk
 
Derivative contracts involve the risk of dealing with both bank customers and institutional derivative counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. Institutional counterparties must have an investment grade credit rating and be approved by the Corporation’s Asset/Liability Management Committee. The Corporation’s credit exposure on interest rate swaps is limited to the net favorable value and interest payments of all swaps by each counterparty. Credit exposure may be reduced by the amount of collateral pledged by the counterparty. There are no credit-risk-related contingent features associated with any of the Corporation’s derivative contracts.
 
The aggregate cash collateral posted with the counterparties as collateral by the Corporation related to derivative contracts totaled approximately $3,240,000 at December 31, 2009.
 
 
16.   Related Party Transactions
 
The Corporation has entered into transactions with its directors, executive officers, significant stockholders and their affiliates (related parties). Such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and did not, in the opinion of management, involve more than normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features. The aggregate amount of loans to such related parties at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $54,505,000 and $48,414,000, respectively. Activity during the year ended December 31, 2009 is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 48,414  
Loans originated
     
Advances
    27,114  
Repayments
    (16,697 )
Other changes and reclassifications
    (4,326 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 54,505  
         
 
The other changes and reclassifications primarily relate to one loan that was transferred to an outside party.
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the deposits of such related parties in the subsidiary bank amounted to approximately $31,500,000 and $22,100,000, respectively.
 
An insurance agency owned by one of the Corporation’s directors received commissions of approximately $187,000, $197,000, and $185,000 from the sale of insurance to the Corporation during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Also, several sale-leaseback transactions were completed with one of the directors of the Corporation during 2007 and 2008. The total amount of rent paid by Superior Bank during 2009 and 2008 pursuant to these leases was $691,244 and $300,680, respectively. These transactions are discussed further in Note 6.
 
The Corporation believes that all of the foregoing transactions were made on terms and conditions on an arm’s length basis.
 
17.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
The consolidated financial statements do not reflect the Corporation’s various commitments and contingent liabilities which arise in the normal course of business and which involve elements of credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk. These commitments and contingent liabilities are commitments to extend credit and standby


133


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
17.   Commitments and Contingencies — (Continued)
 
letters of credit. The following is a summary of the Corporation’s maximum exposure to credit loss for loan commitments and standby letters of credit:
 
                 
    December 31,
    2009   2008
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 266,550     $ 355,243  
Standby letters of credit
    21,845       35,636  
 
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit all include exposure to some credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the customer. The Corporation’s credit policies and procedures for credit commitments and financial guarantees are the same as those for extension of credit that are recorded in the consolidated statement of financial condition. Because these instruments have fixed maturity dates, and because many of them expire without being drawn upon, they do not generally present any significant liquidity risk to the Corporation.
 
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation settled various litigation matters, none of which were significant. The Corporation is also a defendant or co-defendant in various lawsuits incidental to the banking business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes that liabilities, if any, arising from such litigation and claims will not result in a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation.
 
 
18.   Regulatory Restrictions
 
A source of funds available to the Corporation is the payment of dividends by its subsidiary. Regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of the subsidiary’s regulatory agency. No amounts are available to be paid as dividends by the subsidiary at December 31, 2009.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2005 the Corporation became a unitary thrift holding company and, as such, is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS.
 
Simultaneously, the Corporation’s subsidiary bank’s charter was changed to a federal savings bank charter and is also subject to various regulatory requirements administered by the OTS. Prior to November 1, 2005 the Corporation’s banking subsidiary was regulated by the Alabama Banking Department and the Federal Reserve. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the subsidiary bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The subsidiary bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation’s subsidiary bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of tangible and core capital (as defined in the regulations) to adjusted total assets (as defined), and of total capital (as defined) and Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, that the Corporation’s subsidiary bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the most recent notification from the subsidiary’s primary regulators categorized the subsidiary as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The


134


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
18.   Regulatory Restrictions — (Continued)
 
table below represents the Corporation’s bank subsidiary’s regulatory and minimum regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                                 
                            To Be Well
 
                For Capital Adequacy
    Capitalized
 
    Actual     Purposes     Under Prompt Corrective Action  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
December 31, 2009
                                               
Tier 1 Core Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
  $ 249,253       7.79 %   $ 127,957       4.00 %   $ 159,947       5.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    286,748       10.69       214,517       8.00       268,146       10.00  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    249,253       9.30       NA       NA       160,888       6.00  
Tangible Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
    249,253       7.79       47,984       1.50       NA       NA  
December 31, 2008
                                               
Tier 1 Core Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
  $ 271,146       9.00 %   $ 120,510       4.00 %   $ 150,638       5.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    304,892       12.15       200,761       8.00       250,951       10.00  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    271,146       10.80       N/A       NA       150,571       6.00  
Tangible Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
    271,146       9.00       45,191       1.50       NA       NA  
                                                 
 
19.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments
 
In accordance with FASB guidance, the Corporation measures fair value at the price that would be received by selling an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We prioritize the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (the “inputs”) into a three-tier fair value hierarchy. This fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority (Level 1) to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority (Level 3) to unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, requiring companies to develop their own assumptions. Observable inputs that do not meet the criteria of Level 1, and include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, are categorized as Level 2. Level 3 inputs are those that reflect management’s estimates about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, based on the best information available in the circumstances. Valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured using Level 3 inputs may include methodologies such as the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach, and may use unobservable inputs such as projections, estimates and management’s interpretation of current market data. These unobservable inputs are only utilized to the extent that observable inputs are not available or cost-effective to obtain.


135


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
 
Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
The table below presents our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis categorized by the level of inputs used in the valuation of each asset at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (Dollars in thousands).
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices in
          Significant
 
          Active Markets for
    Significant Other
    Unobservable
 
    Fair
    Identical Assets
    Observable Inputs
    Inputs
 
    Value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
December 31, 2009
                               
Available for sale securities
  $ 286,310     $ 314     $ 272,667     $ 13,329  
Derivative assets
    610             610        
                                 
Total recurring basis measured assets
  $ 286,920     $ 314     $ 273,277     $ 13,329  
                                 
Derivative liabilities
  $ 1,459     $     $ 1,459     $  
                                 
Total recurring basis measured liabilities
  $ 1,459     $     $ 1,459     $  
                                 
December 31, 2008
                               
Available for sale securities
  $ 347,142     $ 164     $ 328,481     $ 18,497  
Derivative assets
    1,427             1,427        
                                 
Total recurring basis measured assets
  $ 348,569     $ 164     $ 329,908     $ 18,497  
                                 
Derivative liabilities
  $ 1,534     $     $ 1,534     $  
                                 
Total recurring basis measured liabilities
  $ 1,534     $     $ 1,534     $  
                                 
 
Valuation Techniques — Recurring Basis
 
Securities Available for Sale.  When quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1. These securities include investments in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock. For securities reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs, the Corporation obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. These fair value measurements consider observable market data that may include benchmark yield curves, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads and credit information, among other inputs. In certain cases where there is limited activity, securities are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy. These securities include primarily single issue and pooled trust preferred securities and certain private-label mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of the trust preferred securities is calculated using an income approach based on various spreads to LIBOR determined after a review of applicable financial data and credit ratings (see Note 3 — Trust Preferred Securities). At December 31, 2009, the fair values of six private-label mortgage-backed securities totaling $7,420,000 were measured using Level 3 inputs because the market has become illiquid, as indicated by few, if any, trades during the period. Prior to June 30, 2009, these securities were previously measured using Level 2 inputs. The assumptions used in the valuation model include expected future default rates, loss severity and prepayments. The model also takes into account the structure of the security including credit support. Based on these assumptions the model calculates and projects the timing and amount of interest and principal payments expected for the security. The discount rates used in the valuation model were based on a yield that the market would require for such securities with maturities and risk characteristics similar to the securities being measured (see Note 3 — Mortgage-backed Securities).
 
Derivative financial instruments.  Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value based on modeling that utilizes observable market inputs for various interest rates published by leading third-party financial news and data providers. This is observable data that represents the rates used by market participants for instruments entered into at that date; however, they are not based on actual transactions so they are classified as Level 2.


136


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
 
Changes in Level 3 fair value measurements
 
The tables below include a roll-forward of the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition amounts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, including changes in fair value for financial instruments within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 3 financial instruments typically include unobservable components, but may also include some observable components that may be validated to external sources. The gains or (losses) in the following table may include changes to fair value due in part to observable factors that may be part of the valuation methodology:
 
Level 3 Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
                 
    Available for
 
    Sale Securities  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 18,497     $  
Transfer into level 3 category during the year
    13,978       25,956  
Total gains (losses) (realized and unrealized)
               
Included in earnings — investment security loss
    (15,746 )     (7,459 )
Included in other comprehensive loss
    (1,610 )      
Other changes due to principal payments
    (1,790 )      
                 
Balance at December 31
  $ 13,329     $ 18,497  
                 
Total amount of loss for the period year-to-date included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) related to assets held at December 31
  $ (15,746 )   $  
                 
 
Assets Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
The table below presents the assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis categorized by the level of inputs used in the valuation of each asset (Dollars in thousands):
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices
             
          in
             
          Active Markets for
    Significant Other
    Significant
 
          Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    Fair
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
    Value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
December 31, 2009
                               
Mortgage loans held for sale
  $ 71,879     $     $ 71,879     $  
Impaired loans, net of specific allowance
    155,545                   155,545  
Other foreclosed real estate
    41,618                   41,618  
Other real estate held for sale
    3,349                   3,349  
                                 
Total nonrecurring basis measured assets
  $ 272,391     $     $ 71,879     $ 200,512  
                                 
December 31, 2008
                               
Mortgage loans held for sale
  $ 22,040     $     $ 22,040     $  
Impaired loans, net of specific allowance
    47,774                   47,774  
                                 
Total nonrecurring basis measured assets
  $ 69,814     $     $ 22,040     $ 47,774  
                                 


137


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
 
Valuation Techniques — Nonrecurring Basis
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale.  Mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Fair value is generally based on quoted market prices of similar loans and is considered to be Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
 
Impaired Loans.  Impaired loans are evaluated and valued at the time the loan is identified as impaired, at the lower of cost or fair value. These loans are collateral dependent and their fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans and is classified at a Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Collateral typically includes real estate and/or business assets including equipment. The value of real estate collateral is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers approved and hired by the Corporation. The value of business equipment is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers approved and hired by the Corporation, if significant. Appraised and reported values are discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.
 
Other Foreclosed Real Estate.  Other real estate, acquired through partial or total satisfaction of loans, is carried at fair value, less estimated selling expenses. At the date of acquisition, any difference between the fair value and book value of the asset is charged to the allowance for loan losses. The value of other foreclosed real estate collateral is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers approved and hired by the Corporation. Appraised and reported values are discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. Foreclosed real estate is reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.
 
Other Real Estate Held for Sale.  Other real estate held for sale, which consists primarily of closed branch locations, is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling expenses. The fair value of other real estate held for sale is determined based on management’s appraisal of properties’ assessed values and general market conditions. Other real estate held for sale is reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.
 
The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for cash and short-term instruments, accrued interest and the cash surrender value of life insurance policies. The methodologies for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below:
 
Tax lien certificates.  The carrying amount of tax lien certificates approximates their fair value.
 
Net loans.  Fair values for variable-rate loans that re-price frequently and have no significant change in credit risk are based on carrying values. Fair values for all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.
 
Deposits.  The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit (“CDs”) approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on advances from the FHLB of Atlanta to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.


138


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
 
Advances from FHLB.  The fair values of the FHLB advances were based on pricing supplied by the FHLB.
 
Federal funds borrowed and security repurchase agreements.  The carrying amount of federal funds borrowed and security repurchase agreements approximate their fair values.
 
Notes payable.  The carrying amount of notes payable approximates their fair values.
 
Subordinated debentures.  Rates currently available in the market for preferred offerings with similar terms and maturities are used to estimate fair value.
 
Limitations.  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point of time and are based on relevant market information, which is continuously changing. Because no quoted market prices exist for a significant portion of the Corporation’s financial instruments, fair values for such instruments are based on management’s assumptions with respect to future economic conditions, estimated discount rates, estimates of the amount and timing of future cash flows, expected loss experience, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature involving uncertainties and matters of significant judgment; therefore, they cannot be determined with precision. Changes in the assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
 
The estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments are as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
    Carrying
    Fair
    Carrying
    Fair
 
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 74,020     $ 74,020     $ 74,237     $ 74,237  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
    23,714       23,714       10,042       10,042  
Federal funds sold
    2,036       2,036       5,169       5,169  
Securities available for sale
    286,310       286,310       347,142       347,142  
Tax lien certificates
    19,292       19,292       23,786       23,786  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    71,879       71,879       22,040       22,040  
Net loans
    2,430,813       2,440,026       2,286,071       2,374,637  
Stock in FHLB
    18,212       18,212       21,410       21,410  
Accrued interest receivable
    50,142       50,142       14,794       14,794  
Derivative assets
    610       610       1,427       1,427  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    2,656,573       2,671,504       2,342,988       2,363,270  
Advances from FHLB
    218,322       233,028       361,324       382,547  
Security repurchase agreements
    841       841       3,563       3,563  
Note payable
    45,917       45,917       7,000       7,000  
Subordinated debentures
    84,170       51,609       60,884       46,839  
Derivative liabilities
    1,459       1,459       1,534       1,534  
 
20.   Pension Plan
 
As a result of its merger with Community, the Corporation became the sponsor of a defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) and a nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan (the “Benefit Restoration Plan”). Both plans were frozen by Community effective December 31, 2003. As long as the plans remain frozen, no


139


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
employees become eligible to participate in the plans and no participants accrue any additional benefits. Benefits accrued as of the date of the freeze will be paid to participants in accordance with the terms of the plans.
 
Benefits under the Pension Plan depend upon a participant’s years of credited service and his or her average monthly earnings for the highest five consecutive years out of the participant’s final 10 years of employment. The number of years of credited service and average monthly earnings for each participant were fixed as of December 31, 2003. Normal retirement age under the Pension Plan is age 65. A participant with 10 years of service is eligible to receive early retirement benefits beginning at age 55. The Corporation is required to make contributions to the Pension Plan in amounts sufficient to satisfy the funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended. The Corporation was not required to make a contribution during the year ended December 31, 2009 and does not anticipate that any significant contribution will be required during the year ending December 31, 2010.
 
The Benefit Restoration Plan was designed to provide certain key executives of Community with benefits which would have been paid to them under the Pension Plan except for certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A participant’s benefit under the Benefit Restoration Plan is equal to the difference between his benefit under the Pension Plan calculated without regard to such limitations less the benefit payable to him from the Pension Plan. Benefit Restoration Plan benefits are unfunded.


140


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
The following tables set forth the funding status and the amount recognized for both the Pension Plan and the Benefit Restoration Plan in the Corporation’s consolidated statements of financial condition and consolidated statements of operations:
 
Pension Plan:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Change in benefit obligation
               
Benefit obligation as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
  $ 10,634     $ 10,070  
Interest cost
    601       602  
Benefits paid (including expenses)
    (631 )     (602 )
Actuarial (gain)/loss
    413       564  
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 11,017     $ 10,634  
                 
Change in plan assets
               
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
  $ 7,909     $ 10,537  
Actual return on plan assets
    1,439       (2,026 )
Benefits paid (including expenses)
    (631 )     (602 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 8,717     $ 7,909  
                 
Funded status at end of year
               
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition (after ASC 715)
  $ (2,300 )   $ (2,725 )
                 
Amounts Recognized in the Statement of Financial Condition consist of:
               
Assets
  $     $  
Liabilities
    (2,300 )     (2,725 )
                 
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition (after ASC 715)
  $ (2,300 )   $ (2,725 )
                 
Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:
               
Transition (obligation) cost
  $     $  
Prior service (cost) credit
           
Net (loss) gain
    (1,691 )     (2,327 )
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (AOCI)
    (1,691 )     (2,327 )
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost
    (609 )     (398 )
                 
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition
  $ (2,300 )   $ (2,725 )
                 
Additional year-end information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
               
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 11,017     $ 10,634  
                 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 11,017     $ 10,634  
                 
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 8,717     $ 7,909  
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit obligations
               
Projected benefit obligation
    5.84 %     5.76 %
Rate of compensation increase
    NA       NA  


141


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Expected Cash Flows
               
Expected return of assets to employer in next year
  $     $  
                 
Expected employer contribution for next fiscal year
  $     $  
                 
Expected benefit payments
               
Year ending December 31, 2010
  $ 648          
Year ending December 31, 2011
    635          
Year ending December 31, 2012
    636          
Year ending December 31, 2013
    620          
Year ending December 31, 2014
    640          
Next five years
    3,498          
Components of net periodic benefit cost
               
Interest cost
  $ 601     $ 602  
Expected return on plan assets
    (531 )     (716 )
Amortization of net (gain) loss
    141        
                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 211     $ (114 )
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
               
Discount rate
    5.76 %     6.11 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    7.00 %     7.00 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       N/A  
 
The long-term expected rate of return for determining net periodic Pension Plan cost for the periods ending December 31, 2009 and 2008 (7.00%) was chosen by the Corporation from a best estimate range based upon the anticipated long-term returns and long-term volatility for asset categories based on the target asset allocation of the Pension Plan.
 
The overall investment objective of the Pension Plan is to meet the long-term benefit obligations accrued under the Pension Plan through investment in a diversified mix of equity and fixed income securities. The investment policy as established by the Benefits Committee, to be followed by the Trustee, is to invest assets based on the target allocations shown in the table below. The assets are reallocated periodically to meet the target allocations. The investment policy is reviewed periodically, under the advisement of a certified investment advisor, to determine if the policy should be modified.
 
Within the equity asset allocation, domestic large cap equities comprise the majority of this category with a target of 36%; international and small to mid cap equities comprise the remaining with target goals of 18% and 8%, respectively. The equity securities allocation does not include any of the Corporation’s securities in 2009 or 2008. This portfolio is measured against an index such as the S&P 500 Index or Russell 1000 Index.
 
For the fixed income allocation, a prudent total return consisting of both capital appreciation and interest income is the expectation. The assets invested in this portfolio should not be those which are necessary for immediate operation. Liquidity will be managed through the use of readily marketable securities and adherence to certain fixed income specifications outlined in the investment policy. This portfolio will be measured against the Lehman Intermediate Government/Credit Index.

142


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
The Corporation’s Pension Plan weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                 
    Percentage of
             
    Pension Plan
             
    Assets at
             
    December 31,     Long-term
       
    2009     2008     target     Range  
 
Asset Category:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    3.4 %     6.0 %     3.0 %     0-10 %
Equity securities
    56.2       50.5       62.0       40-65 %
Debt securities
    40.4       43.5       35.0       30-55 %
                                 
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %        
                                 
 
The fair value of the Corporation’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2009, by asset category are as follows:
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices in
          Significant
 
    Fair Value at
    Active Markets for
    Significant Other
    Unobservable
 
    December 31,
    Identical Assets
    Observable Inputs
    Inputs
 
    2009     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Cash
  $ 293     $ 293     $     $  
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. Companies
    4,046       4,046              
International Companies
    852       852              
U.S. Treasury securities
    3,526       3,526              
                                 
Total
  $ 8,717     $ 8,717     $     $  
                                 
 
The fair value of the Corporation’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2008, by asset category are as follows:
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices in
          Significant
 
    Fair Value at
    Active Markets for
    Significant Other
    Unobservable
 
    December 31,
    Identical Assets
    Observable Inputs
    Inputs
 
    2008     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Cash
  $ 477     $ 477     $     $  
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. Companies
    3,327       3,327              
International Companies
    665       665              
U.S. Treasury securities
    3,440       3,440              
                                 
Total
  $ 7,909     $ 7,909     $     $  
                                 


143


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
Benefit Restoration Plan:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Change in benefit obligation
               
Benefit obligation as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
  $ 610     $ 2,829  
Interest cost
    34       90  
Benefits paid (including expenses)
    (58 )     (57 )
Forfeiture of benefits
          (2,224 )
Actuarial (gain)/loss
    18       (28 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 604     $ 610  
                 
Change in plan assets
               
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
  $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
           
Employer contribution
    58       57  
Benefits paid (including expenses)
    (58 )     (57 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $     $  
                 
Funded status at end of year
               
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition (ASC 715)
  $ 604     $ 610  
                 
Amounts Recognized in the Statement of Financial Condition consist of:
               
Assets
  $     $  
Current liabilities
    (57 )     (56 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (547 )     (554 )
                 
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition (after ASC 715)
  $ (604 )   $ (610 )
                 
Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:
               
Transition (obligation) cost
  $     $  
Prior service (cost) credit
           
Net (loss) gain
    (22 )     (4 )
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (AOCI)
    (22 )     (4 )
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost
    (582 )     (606 )
                 
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition
  $ (604 )   $ (610 )
                 
 


144


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Additional year-end information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
               
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 604     $ 610  
                 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 604     $ 610  
                 
Fair value of plan assets
  $     $  
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit obligations
               
Projected benefit obligation
    5.84 %     5.76 %
Rate of compensation increase
    NA       NA  
Components of net periodic benefit cost
               
Interest cost
  $ 34     $ 90  
                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 34     $ 90  
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
               
Discount rate
    5.76 %     6.11 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    NA       NA  
Rate of compensation increase
    NA       NA  
Expected Cash Flows
               
Expected return of assets to employer in next year
  $     $  
                 
Expected employer contribution for next fiscal year
  $ 57     $ 56  
                 
Expected benefit payments
               
Year ending December 31, 2010
  $ 57          
Year ending December 31, 2011
    56          
Year ending December 31, 2012
    55          
Year ending December 31, 2013
    54          
Year ending December 31, 2014
    52          
Next five years
    235          
 
21.   Other Noninterest Expense
 
Other noninterest expense consisted of the following:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Professional fees
  $ 4,202     $ 2,637     $ 2,269  
Directors fees
    377       438       397  
Insurance
    2,555       2,381       1,907  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    3,002       2,964       2,252  
Communications
    3,054       2,941       2,007  
Advertising
    2,530       3,522       2,397  
Other operating expense
    7,755       7,022       7,618  
                         
Total
  $ 23,475     $ 21,905     $ 18,847  
                         

145


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
22.   Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
All of the Corporation’s loans, commitments and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Corporation’s market areas. The concentrations of credit by type of loan or commitment are set forth in Notes 4 and 17, respectively.
 
The Corporation maintains cash balances and federal funds sold at several financial institutions. At various times throughout the year, cash balances held at these institutions will exceed federally insured limits. Superior Bank’s management monitors these institutions on a quarterly basis in order to determine that the institutions meet “well-capitalized” guidelines as established by the FDIC.
 
23.   Net (Loss) Income Per Common Share
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic net (loss) income per common share and diluted net (loss) income per common share:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (19,889 )   $ (163,150 )   $ 7,621  
Less: preferred stock dividends and amortization
    4,193       311        
Add: gain on exchange of Series A preferred stock to
                       
trust preferred securities (See Note 29)
    23,097              
                         
For basic and diluted, net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
  $ (985 )   $ (163,461 )   $ 7,621  
                         
Denominator:
                       
For basic, weighted average common shares outstanding
    10,687       10,021       9,243  
Effect of dilutive stock options
                90  
                         
Average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution
    10,687       10,021       9,333  
                         
Basic net income (loss) per common share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (16.31 )   $ 0.82  
                         
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (16.31 )   $ 0.82  
                         
 
Basic net (loss) income per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss), less dividend requirements on outstanding preferred stock, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.
 
Diluted net (loss) income per common share takes into consideration the pro forma dilution assuming certain warrants, unvested restricted stock and unexercised stock option awards were converted or exercised into common shares. Common stock equivalents of 159,561 and 65,226 were not included in computing diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as they were considered anti-dilutive.


146


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
24.   Parent Company
 
The condensed financial information (unaudited) for Superior Bancorp (Parent Company only) is presented as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Statements of financial condition
               
Assets:
               
Cash
  $ 2,093     $ 1,414  
Investment in subsidiaries
    273,074       294,377  
Premises and equipment — net
    762       787  
Other assets
    3,947       18,115  
                 
    $ 279,876     $ 314,693  
                 
Liabilities:
               
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  $ 4,620     $ 3,057  
Note payable
    7,000       7,000  
Subordinated debentures
    76,552       53,397  
Stockholders’ equity
    191,704       251,239  
                 
    $ 279,876     $ 314,693  
                 
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Statements of operations
                       
Income:
                       
Dividends from subsidiaries
  $ 6,000     $ 4,000     $ 7,000  
Interest
    127       156       156  
Other income
    145       3,160       404  
                         
    $ 6,272     $ 7,316     $ 7,560  
Expense:
                       
Directors’ fees
    301       293       269  
Salaries and benefits
    827       1,147       1,384  
Occupancy expense
    180       265       362  
Interest expense
    4,270       4,231       4,569  
Other
    1,020       766       2,373  
                         
      6,598       6,702       8,957  
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (326 )     614       (1,397 )
Income tax benefit
    1,734       1,948       3,513  
                         
Income before equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries
    1,408       2,562       2,116  
Equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries
    (21,297 )     (165,712 )     5,505  
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (19,889 )   $ (163,150 )   $ 7,621  
                         


147


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
24.   Parent Company — (Continued)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Statements of cash flows
                       
Operating activities
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (19,889 )   $ (163,150 )   $ 7,621  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Amortization and depreciation expense
    25       60       184  
Equity in undistributed loss (earnings) of subsidiaries
    21,297       165,712       (5,505 )
Other decreases
    (545 )     (2,079 )     (1,120 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    888       543       1,180  
Investing activities
                       
Investment in subsidiary
          (66,550 )      
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
          316       339  
Purchases of premises and equipment
          (57 )      
Net cash paid in business combinations
                (2,527 )
                         
Net cash used by investing activities
          (66,291 )     (2,188 )
Financing activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    3,299             640  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
          69,000        
Proceeds from note payable
          10,000       10,000  
Principal payment on note payable
          (12,500 )     (6,045 )
Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures
                22,680  
Principal payment on junior subordinated debentures
                (16,495 )
Purchase of treasury stock
                (10,428 )
Cash dividends paid
    (3,508 )            
                         
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
    (209 )     66,500       352  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    679       752       (656 )
Cash at beginning of year
    1,414       662       1,318  
                         
Cash at end of year
  $ 2,093     $ 1,414     $ 662  
                         


148


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
25.   Selected Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
 
A summary of the unaudited results of operations for each quarter of 2009 and 2008 follows:
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
2009
                               
Total interest income
  $ 39,756     $ 40,629     $ 41,049     $ 40,648  
Total interest expense
    18,428       17,912       17,136       16,044  
Net interest income
    21,328       22,717       23,913       24,604  
Provision for loan losses
    3,452       5,982       5,169       13,947  
Securities loss
    (5,845 )     (5,781 )     2,121       (597 )
Changes in fair value of derivatives
    (199 )     (67 )     435       (995 )
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (6,422 )     (10,233 )     1,581       (17,820 )
Net (loss) income
    (3,574 )     (5,694 )     880       (11,501 )
Net (loss) income applicable to common shareholders
    (4,717 )     (6,861 )     (287 )     10,880  
Basic net (loss) income per common share
    (0.47 )     (0.68 )     (0.03 )     0.94  
Diluted net (loss) income per common share
    (0.47 )     (0.68 )     (0.03 )     0.92  
2008
                               
Total interest income
  $ 42,552     $ 42,032     $ 41,880     $ 41,424  
Total interest expense
    24,060       20,644       20,254       19,645  
Net interest income
    18,492       21,388       21,626       21,779  
Provision for loan losses
    1,872       5,967       2,305       2,968  
Securities gain (loss)
    402       1,068       (8,541 )     (1,382 )
Changes in fair value of derivatives
    1,050       (418 )     141       467  
Goodwill impairment charge
                      160,306  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    957       1,151       (7,800 )     (162,046 )
Net loss
    695       841       (6,508 )     (158,178 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
    695       841       (6,508 )     (158,489 )
Basic net income (loss) per common share
    0.07       0.08       (0.65 )     (15.80 )
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
    0.07       0.08       (0.65 )     (15.80 )
 
Due to the effect of quarterly weighted average share calculations, the sum of the quarterly net income (loss) per share amounts may not total to the year-to-date net (loss) income per share amounts.
 
26.   Segment Reporting
 
The Corporation has two reportable segments, the Alabama Region and the Florida Region. The Alabama Region consists of operations located throughout Alabama. The Florida Region consists of operations located primarily in the Tampa Bay area and panhandle region of Florida. The Corporation’s reportable segments are managed as separate business units because they are located in different geographic areas. Both segments derive revenues from the delivery of financial services. These services include commercial loans, mortgage loans, consumer loans, deposit accounts and other financial services. Administrative and other banking activities include the results of the Corporation’s investment portfolio, home mortgage division, brokered deposits and borrowed funds positions.


149


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
26.   Segment Reporting — (Continued)
 
The Corporation evaluates performance and allocates resources based on profit or loss from operations. There are no material inter-segment sales or transfers. Net interest income is used as the basis for performance evaluation rather than its components, total interest income and total interest expense. The accounting policies used by each reportable segment are the same as those discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. All costs, except corporate administration and income taxes, have been allocated to the reportable segments. Therefore, combined amounts agree to the consolidated totals.
 
                                         
                Total
          Superior
 
    Alabama
    Florida
    Alabama and
    Administrative
    Bancorp
 
    Region     Region     Florida     and Other     Combined  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2009
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 37,554     $ 38,785     $ 76,339     $ 16,223     $ 92,562  
Provision for loan losses
    6,496       10,150       16,646       11,904       28,550  
Noninterest income
    8,662       2,101       10,763       2,816       13,579  
Noninterest expense
    35,480       25,637       61,117       49,368       110,485  
                                         
Operating profit (loss)
  $ 4,240     $ 5,099     $ 9,339     $ (42,233 )     (32,894 )
                                         
Income tax benefit
                                    (13,005 )
                                         
Net loss
                                  $ (19,889 )
                                         
Total assets
  $ 1,060,530     $ 1,259,223     $ 2,319,753     $ 902,116     $ 3,221,869  
                                         
2008
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 33,114     $ 38,151     $ 71,265     $ 12,020     $ 83,285  
Provision for loan losses
    4,393       3,464       7,857       5,255       13,112  
Noninterest income
    7,589       1,934       9,523       7,244       16,767  
Noninterest expense
    30,654       21,730       52,384       41,988       94,372  
Goodwill impairment charge(1)
    63,815       96,491       160,306             160,306  
                                         
Operating (loss) profit
  $ (58,159 )   $ (81,600 )   $ (139,759 )   $ (27,979 )     (167,738 )
                                         
Income tax benefit
                                    (4,588 )
                                         
Net loss
                                  $ (163,150 )
                                         
Total assets
  $ 1,062,230     $ 1,109,011     $ 2,171,241     $ 881,460     $ 3,052,701  
                                         
2007
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 36,844     $ 38,059     $ 74,903     $ 259     $ 75,162  
Provision for loan losses
    3,845       1,632       5,477       (936 )     4,541  
Noninterest income
    7,021       1,723       8,744       10,613       19,357  
Noninterest expense
    24,924       14,702       39,626       38,597       78,223  
                                         
Operating profit (loss)
  $ 15,096     $ 23,448     $ 38,544     $ (26,789 )     11,755  
                                         
Income tax expense
                                    4,134  
                                         
Net income
                                  $ 7,621  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 1,029,652     $ 1,124,816     $ 2,154,468     $ 730,957     $ 2,885,425  
                                         
 
(1) — See Note 1 “Intangible Assets” for additional information.


150


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
27.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock
 
On November 19, 2009, after approval by the Board of Directors and the Corporation’s stockholders, the Corporation amended the Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s common stock from 20,000,000 to 200,000,000.
 
During the third quarter of 2009 the Corporation sold 1,491,618 shares of its common stock at prices ranging from $2.21 to $2.71 per share to approximately 20 accredited investors in a series of transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation D. Of the shares issued approximately 321,000 had been held as treasury stock. The Corporation received total cash consideration of approximately $3,299,000 in connection with these transactions.
 
If the Corporation defers payments of interest on its outstanding junior subordinated debentures or if certain defaults relating to those debentures occur, the Corporation will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, its common stock (See Note 11 for additional details).
 
1-for-4 Reverse Stock Split
 
On April 28, 2008, the Corporation completed a 1-for-4 reverse split of its common stock, reducing the number of authorized shares of common stock from 60,000,000 to 15,000,000 and the number of common shares outstanding from 40,211,230 to 10,052,808. This action brought the Corporation’s authorized common shares and common shares outstanding more nearly in line with peer community banks. All disclosures in this annual report regarding common stock and related per share information have been retroactively restated for all periods presented to reflect the reverse stock split. The 1-for-4 reverse stock split was effective in the market as of the opening of trading on April 28, 2008.
 
Stock Repurchase Plan
 
The Corporation announced in June 2007 that the Board of Directors had approved the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares of the Corporation’s outstanding common stock. During the quarter ended September 30, 2007, the Corporation purchased 250,000 shares of then outstanding stock at an average price of $36.88 per share, which have been recorded, at cost, as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The shares were purchased in the open market through negotiated or block transactions and were not repurchased from the Corporations management team or other insiders.
 
The Corporation announced in October 2007 that the Board of Directors approved the purchase of an additional 250,000 shares of its outstanding common stock beginning on or after November 2, 2007. During the quarter ended December 31, 2007, the Corporation purchased 45,500 shares of then outstanding stock at an average price of $26.44, which have been recorded, at cost, as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The shares were purchased in the open market through negotiated or block transactions. The Corporation did not repurchase any shares from its management team or other insiders. This stock repurchase program does not obligate the Corporation to acquire any specific number of shares and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.
 
Issuance of Preferred Stock and Related Warrant
 
On December 5, 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program, the Corporation issued and sold, and the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury Department”) purchased, (i) 69,000 shares (the “Preferred Stock”) of the Corporation’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and (ii) a ten-year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase up to 1,923,792 shares of the Corporation’s voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), at an exercise price of $5.38 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $69,000,000 in


151


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
27.   Stockholders’ Equity — (Continued)
 
cash. The issuance and sale of these securities was a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. On December 11, 2009, Superior Bancorp and the Treasury Department entered into an exchange agreement pursuant to which the Preferred Stock held by the Treasury Department were exchanged for the trust preferred securities issued by Superior Capital Trust II.
 
Cumulative dividends on the Preferred Shares accrued on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter, but would be paid only if, as and when declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. The Preferred Stock had no maturity date and rank senior to the Common Stock (and pari passu with the Corporation’s other authorized series of preferred stock, of which no shares are currently outstanding) with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon any liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Corporation. Subject to the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Preferred Stock was redeemable at the option of the Corporation at 100% of their liquidation preference, provided that the Preferred Shares were redeemed prior to the first dividend payment date falling after the third anniversary of the Closing Date (December 5, 2011) only if (i) the Corporation had raised aggregate gross proceeds in one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (as defined in the letter agreement, dated December 5, 2008 between the Corporation and the Treasury Department (including the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein) (the “Purchase Agreement”) and set forth below) in excess of $17,250,000 and (ii) the aggregate redemption price did not exceed the aggregate net proceeds from such Qualified Equity Offerings. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of the TARP agreements, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”) eliminated most of the restrictions on redemption of the Preferred Stock. Subject to consultation with the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Corporation could have redeemed the Preferred Stock without regard to any waiting period or whether the Corporation has participated in a Qualified Equity Offering.
 
The Treasury Department could not transfer a portion or portions of the Warrant with respect to, and/or exercise the Warrant for more than one-half of, the 1,923,792 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, in the aggregate, until the earlier of (i) the date on which the Corporation had received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $69,000,000 from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (as defined in the Purchase Agreement and set forth below) and (ii) December 31, 2009. In the event the Corporation completed one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (as defined in the Purchase Agreement and set forth below) on or prior to December 31, 2009 that result in the Corporation receiving aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $69,000,000, the number of the shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of the Warrant then held by the Treasury will be reduced by one-half of the shares of Common Stock originally covered by the Warrant. For the purposes of the foregoing, “Qualified Equity Offering” is defined as the sale and issuance for cash by the Corporation to persons other than the Corporation or any Corporation subsidiary after the Closing Date of shares of perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier I capital of the Corporation at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Corporation’s federal banking agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to October 13, 2008).
 
As a result of the issuance of 1,491,618 additional shares in July 2009, the Treasury Department adjusted the warrant share position to 1,975,688 shares with a strike price of $5.239.
 
The fair value of the Warrant of $6,093,000 was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the value allocated using the proportional method. The assumptions used in the model were; risk-free rate of 3.52%, volatility factor of 59.00% and a dividend yield of 0.00% . The value of the Warrant was being amortized against retained earnings as part of the preferred stock dividend until December 11, 2009, which was the exchange date (see below); it is currently being amortized as interest expense on subordinated debentures. The amortization of the warrant increased the effective yield on the preferred stock to 7.11%.


152


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
27.   Stockholders’ Equity — (Continued)
 
The Corporation accrued cash dividends on the Series A preferred stock during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 amounting to $4,193,000 and $311,000, respectively.
 
Exchange of Preferred Stock
 
Refer to Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements for information on the exchange agreement dated December 11, 2009 related to these shares of preferred stock.
 
Exchange of non-pooled trust preferred securities for newly issued common stock
 
Refer to Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements for information on the exchange agreements dated January 10, 2010 and January 15, 2010 related to these trust preferred securities.
 
28.   Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
The components of other comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:
 
                         
    Pre-Tax
    Income Tax
    Net of
 
    Amount     Expense     Income Tax  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2009
                       
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities
  $ (10,748 )   $ 3,977     $ (6,771 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net loss
    10,102       (3,738 )     6,364  
Unrealized gain on derivatives
    189       (71 )     118  
Defined benefit pension plan — net gain arising during the period
    617       (228 )     389  
                         
Net unrealized gain
  $ 160     $ (60 )   $ 100  
                         
2008
                       
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities
  $ (16,885 )   $ 6,203     $ (10,682 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net loss
    8,453       (3,128 )     5,325  
Unrealized loss on derivatives
    (955 )     354       (601 )
Defined benefit pension plan — net loss arising during the period
    (3,398 )     1,257       (2,141 )
                         
Net unrealized loss
  $ (12,785 )   $ 4,686     $ (8,099 )
                         
2007
                       
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities
  $ 2,344     $ (918 )   $ 1,426  
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income
    (308 )     120       (188 )
Defined benefit pension plan — net gain arising during the period
    615       (227 )     388  
                         
Net unrealized gain
  $ 2,651     $ (1,025 )   $ 1,626  
                         


153


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
29.   Exchange Offer
 
Exchange of preferred stock held by the Treasury Department for trust preferred securities
 
On December 11, 2009, the Corporation entered into an exchange agreement with the Treasury Department pursuant to which the Treasury Department agreed that it would exchange all 69,000 shares of the Corporation’s outstanding Preferred Stock, owned by the Treasury Department for 69,000 newly issued trust preferred securities, $1,000 liquidation amount per capital security, issued by Superior Capital Trust II, a wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary of Superior Bancorp. The trust preferred securities were issued to the Treasury Department on December 11, 2009. In connection with this exchange, the trust used the Preferred Stock, together with the proceeds of the issuance and sale by the trust to the Corporation of $100,000 aggregate liquidation amount of its fixed rate common securities, to purchase $69,100,000 aggregate principal amount of the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Corporation.
 
The trust preferred securities issued to the Treasury Department have a distribution rate of 5% until, but excluding February 15, 2014 and 9% thereafter (which is the same as the dividend rate on the Preferred Stock). The common securities of the trust, in the amount of $100,000, are held by the Corporation. The sole asset and only source of funds to make payments on the trust preferred securities and the common securities of the trust is $69,100,000 of the Corporation’s Fixed Rate Perpetual Junior Subordinated Debentures, issued by the Corporation to the trust. The debentures are perpetual and may be redeemed by the Corporation at any time by the Corporation on 30 days’ notice.
 
Under the guarantee agreement dated as of December 11, 2009, the Corporation irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Treasury Department of the trust preferred securities the guaranteed payments, as and when due. The Corporation’s obligation to make the guaranteed payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts to the Treasury Department of the trust preferred securities or by causing the issuer trust to pay such amounts to the Treasury Department. The obligations of the Corporation under the guarantee agreement constitute unsecured obligations and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all senior debt. The obligations of the Corporation under the guarantee agreement rank pari passu with the obligations of Corporation under any similar guarantee agreements issued by the Corporation on behalf of the holders of preferred or capital securities issued by any statutory trust, among others stated in the guarantee agreement. Under the guarantee agreement, the Corporation has guaranteed the payment of the liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities upon liquidation of the trust, but only to the extent that the trust has funds available to make such payments.
 
Under the exchange agreement, the Corporation’s agreement that, without the consent of the Treasury Department, it would not increase its dividend rate per share of common stock above that in effect as of October 13, 2008 or repurchase shares of its common stock until, in each case, the earlier of December 5, 2011 or such time as all of the new trust preferred securities have been redeemed or transferred by the Treasury Department, remains in effect.
 
Initially, in connection with the issuance of the Preferred Stock on December 5, 2008, the Treasury Department was issued a warrant to purchase 1,923,392 shares of the Corporation’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.38 per share. However, as a result of the issuance of 1,491,618 additional shares in July 2009, the Corporation adjusted the warrant share position to 1,975,688 shares with a strike price of $5.239.
 
The trust preferred securities issued to the Treasury Department continue to qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital as of December 31, 2009. The trust preferred securities are subject to the 25% limitation on Tier 1 capital.
 
This transaction with the Treasury Department was accounted for as an extinguishment of previously issued Preferred Stock. The accounting impact of this transaction included (1) recognition of junior subordinated debentures and derecognition of the Preferred Stock; (2) recognition of a favorable impact to accumulated deficit resulting from the excess of (a) the carrying amount of the securities exchanged (the Preferred Stock) over (b) the


154


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
29.   Exchange Offer — (Continued)
 
fair value of the consideration exchanged (the trust preferred securities); (3) the reversal of any unamortized discount outstanding on the Preferred Stock and (4) issuance costs.
 
At the date of the exchange agreement, the fair value of the trust preferred securities (junior subordinated debentures for purposes of the Corporation’s financial statements) was determined internally using a discounted cash flow model. The main considerations were (1) quarterly interest payment of 5% until, but excluding February 15, 2014 and 9%, thereafter; (2) assumed maturity date of 30 years; and (3) assumed discount rate of 19.63%. The assumed discount rate used for estimating the fair value was estimated by obtaining the yields at which comparable issuers were trading as assets in the market and computing a implied credit spread. The discount rate used is the amount of the implied credit spread of 14.69% plus the 30-year swap rate of 4.94%.
 
The discount as well as the debt issuance costs will be amortized through interest expense using the interest yield method over the estimated life of the junior subordinated debentures. The effective yield of the issue will be 20.22%.
 
This particular exchange resulted in a gain on retirement of preferred stock favorably impacting accumulated deficit by $23,097,000 (net of deferred taxes), which is also considered as part of earnings (losses) applicable to common stockholders in the earnings (losses) per common share (“EPS”) computations. See Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of EPS. A summary of this transaction and the increases (decreases) in the related asset, liability and stockholders’ equity accounts is as follows (Dollars in thousands):
 
         
Assets
       
Other assets — investment in common stock of trust
  $ 100  
— deferred income taxes (see Note 14)
    (16,544 )
         
Total assets
  $ (16,444 )
         
Liabilities
       
Subordinated debentures, net (see Note 11):
       
Issuance
  $ 69,100  
Discount
    (44,714 )
         
Total liabilities
    24,386  
         
Stockholders’ equity (see Note 27)
       
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share
  $  
Surplus — preferred ($69,000 less discount of $5,073)
    (63,927 )
Accumulated deficit (net of $16,544 deferred taxes)
    23,097  
         
Total stockholders’ equity
    (40,830 )
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ (16,444 )
         
 
30.   Subsequent Events
 
Exchange of non-pooled trust preferred securities for newly issued common stock
 
On January 15, 2010, the Corporation entered into an agreement with Cambridge Savings Bank (“Cambridge”) pursuant to which Cambridge will exchange $3,500,000 of trust preferred securities issued by the Corporation’s wholly owned unconsolidated subsidiary, Superior Capital Trust I, for shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The number of shares of common stock to be issued to Cambridge will equal 77% of the face value of the trust preferred securities divided by a weighted average of the sales prices of newly issued shares of the Corporation’s common stock sold between the date of the agreement and the closing of the exchange or, if lower, the


155


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
30.   Subsequent Events — (Continued)
 
weighted average of the sales prices of such stock within forty-eight hours prior to the closing of the exchange. The consummation of the transaction is conditioned upon selling at least $75 million of the Corporation’s common stock either for cash or in exchange for trust preferred securities or debt, obtaining consent of the Corporation’s stockholders if required by NASDAQ, and other customary closing conditions.
 
On January 20, 2010, the Corporation entered into an agreement with KBW, Inc. (“KBW”) pursuant to which KBW will exchange $4,000,000 of trust preferred securities issued by the Corporation’s wholly owned unconsolidated subsidiary, Superior Capital Trust I, for shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The number of shares of common stock to be issued to KBW will equal 50% of the face value of the trust preferred securities divided by the greater of the following prices of the Corporation’s common stock during the ten trading days prior to the closing of the exchange: (1) the average of the closing prices or (2) 90% of the volume weighted average price. The consummation of the transaction is conditioned upon obtaining consent of the Corporation’s stockholders if required by NASDAQ, and other customary closing conditions.
 
Neither the Corporation nor its affiliates have any material relationship with Cambridge other than in respect of the exchange agreement. Neither the Corporation nor its affiliates have any material relationship with KBW except that the Corporation has engaged an affiliate of KBW to assist it in formulating and implementing strategies to strengthen its capital position.
 
The Corporation expects to record a net after-tax gain of $1,800,000 upon exchange of the trust preferred securities. The ultimate effect of the transactions will be to increase stockholders’ equity by approximately $6,500,000, consisting of both the increase in equity upon recording gains on retirement of the securities, and the value of the newly issued shares. See Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.


156


Table of Contents

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls And Procedures
 
Officer Certifications
 
Appearing immediately following the Signatures section of this report are Certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Chief Financial Officer, who is our principal financial officer (“PFO”). The Certifications are required to be made by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. This Item contains the information about the evaluation that is referred to in the Certifications, and the information set forth below in this Item should be read in conjunction with the Certifications for a more complete understanding of the Certifications.
 
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is made known to the officers who certify our financial reports and to other members of our senior management and our Board of Directors.
 
Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2009, our CEO and our CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-l5(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
All internal controls systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements in our financial statements, including the possibility of circumvention or overriding of controls. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and our PFO, our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, as of December 31, 2009. Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009. Grant Thornton LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of Superior Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. The report is included in this item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”


157


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Superior Bancorp
 
We have audited Superior Bancorp’s (a Delaware corporation) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Superior Bancorp’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Superior Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Superior Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Superior Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2009, and our report dated March 11, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion.
 
/s/  GRANT THORNTON LLP
 
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 11, 2010


158


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.   Other Information.
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance; Executive Compensation; Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters; Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence; and Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
 
The information set forth under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” “Nominees for Director,” “Executive Officers,” “Certain Information Concerning the Board of Directors and Its Committees,” “Stockholder Communications with the Board,” “Director Compensation,” “Code of Ethics,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Executive Compensation and Other Information,” “Ratification of Selection of Independent Public Accounting Firm” included in our definitive proxy statement to be filed no later than April 30, 2010, in connection with our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) Financial Statements and Financial Schedules.
 
  (l)  The consolidated financial statements of Superior Bancorp and its subsidiaries filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
 
  (2)  All schedules to the consolidated financial statements of Superior Bancorp and its subsidiaries have been omitted because they are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, or because the required information has been provided in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
(b) Exhibits.
 
The exhibits required by Regulation S-K are set forth in the following list and are filed either by incorporation by reference from previous filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or by attachment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated below. Prior to May 2006, Superior Bancorp was named “The Banc Corporation”. Many of the following exhibits accordingly reference “The Banc Corporation”.
 
     
(3)-1
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Superior Bancorp, filed as Exhibit 3 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 19, 2009, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(3)-2
  Bylaws of Superior Bancorp, filed as Exhibit 3 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 22, 2009, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(3)-3
  Certificate of Designations of Superior Bancorp Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, filed as Exhibit 3 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 26, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.


159


Table of Contents

     
(4)-1
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 7, 2000, by and among State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, The Banc Corporation, as Sponsor, David R. Carter and James A. Taylor, Jr., as Administrators, filed as Exhibit(4)-1 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-2
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 7, 2000, by and between The Banc Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, filed as Exhibit(4)-2 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-3
  Indenture, dated as of September 7, 2000, by and among The Banc Corporation as issuer and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee, filed as Exhibit(4)-3 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-4
  Placement Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2000, by and among The Banc Corporation, TBC Capital Statutory Trust II, Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., and First Tennessee Capital Markets, filed as Exhibit(4)-4 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-5
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 16, 2001, by and among The Banc Corporation, The Bank of New York, David R. Carter, and James A. Taylor, Jr. filed as Exhibit(4)-5 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-69734) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-6
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2001, by The Banc Corporation and The Bank of New York filed as Exhibit(4)-6 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-69734) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-7
  Indenture, dated as of July 16, 2001, by The Banc Corporation and The Bank of New York filed as Exhibit #(4)-7 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-69734) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-8
  Placement Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2001, among TBC Capital Statutory Trust III, and The Banc Corporation and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. filed as Exhibit #(4)-8 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-69734) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-9
  Indenture, dated March 23, 2000, by and between Community Bancshares, Inc. and The Bank of New York filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Community Bancshares’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-10
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated March 23, 2000, by and among The Bank of New York (Delaware), The Bank of New York, Community Bancshares, Inc. and Community (AL) Capital Trust I filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Community Bancshares’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-11
  Guarantee Agreement, dated March 23, 2000, by and between Community Bancshares, Inc. and The Bank of New York filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Community Bancshares’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-12
  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, between The Banc Corporation and the investors named therein, filed as Exhibit 4-1 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-13
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, between The Banc Corporation and the investors named therein, filed as Exhibit 4-2 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-14
  Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2005, by and between Peoples Community Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, filed as Exhibit 4.14 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

160


Table of Contents

     
(4)-15
  Placement Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2005, by and among Peoples Community Bancshares, Inc., Peoples Community Statutory Trust I, FTN Financial Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc, filed as Exhibit 4.15 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-16
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2005, by and between Peoples Community Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, filed as Exhibit 4.16 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-17
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 15, 2005, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, Peoples Community Bancshares, Inc., Neil D. McCurry, Jr. and Dorothy S. Barth, filed as Exhibit 4.17 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-18
  Declaration of Trust, dated July 10, 2007, by and among Superior Bancorp, Wilmington Trust Company, Mark A. Tarnakow, William H. Caughran and Rick D. Gardner filed as Exhibit 4.01 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-19
  Indenture, dated as of July 19, 2007, between Superior Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company filed as Exhibit 4.02 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-20
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2007, between Superior Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company filed as Exhibit 4.03 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-21
  Placement Agreement, dated July 18, 2007, by and among Superior Bancorp, FTN Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. filed as Exhibit 4.04 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-22
  Summary Description of Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan., filed as Exhibit 4 to Superior Bancorp’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, dated May 30, 2006 (Registration No. 333-134561), and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-23
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust and Trust Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2009, by and among Superior Bancorp, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, James A. White, and William H. Caughran.
(4)-24
  Indentures, dated as of December 11, 2009, by Superior Bancorp and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
(4)-25
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2009, between Superior Bancorp and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
(4)-26
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2009, between Superior Bancorp and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
(10)-1*
  Third Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan of The Banc Corporation, filed as Exhibit (10)-1 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-2*
  Commerce Bank of Alabama Incentive Stock Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit(4)-3 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, dated February 22, 1999 (Registration No. 333-72747), is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-3*
  Employment Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, by and between The Banc Corporation, The Bank and C. Stanley Bailey, filed as Exhibit 10-5 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-4*
  Employment Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, by and between The Banc Corporation, The Bank and C. Marvin Scott, filed as Exhibit 10-6 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-5*
  Employment Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, by and between The Banc Corporation, The Bank and Rick D. Gardner, filed as Exhibit 10-7 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

161


Table of Contents

     
(10)-6*
  Agreement between Superior Bank and William H. Caughran, dated August 31, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to Superior Bancorp’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-136419) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-7*
  Management Incentive Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 26, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-8*
  Change in Control Agreement, dated March 10, 2008, by and among Superior Bancorp, Superior Bank and William H. Caughran, filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-9
  Loan Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2008, between Superior Bancorp and Colonial Bank, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-10
  Revolving Credit Note, dated September 4, 2008, between Superior Bancorp and Colonial Bank,, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-11
  Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2008, given by Superior Bancorp, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-12
  Agreement to Purchase Subordinated Notes, dated as of September 17, 2008, by and among Superior Bank, Superior Bancorp and Durden Enterprises, LLC, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-13
  Letter to Durden Enterprises, LLC, dated as of September 17, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-14
  9.5% Subordinated Note Due September 15, 2018 given by Superior Bank, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-15
  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Superior Bancorp dated as of September 17, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-16*
  Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2008, between Superior Bancorp and James A. White, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-17*
  Change in Control Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2008, by and among Superior Bancorp, Superior Bank and James A. White, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-18
  Warrant, dated December 5, 2008, to purchase up to 1,923,792 shares of common stock of Superior Bancorp, filed as Exhibit 3 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 5, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-19
  Letter Agreement, dated December 5, 2008, including Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 5, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-20
  Form of Waiver, executed as of December 5, 2008, by each of the Senior Executive Officers of Superior Bancorp, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 5, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-21
  Form of Letter Agreement, executed as of December 5, 2008, by each of the Senior Executive Officers of Superior Bancorp, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 5, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-22*
  Superior Bancorp 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Superior Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

162


Table of Contents

     
(10)-23*
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2008, between Superior Bancorp and C. Stanley Bailey, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-24*
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2008, between Superior Bancorp and C. Marvin Scott, filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-25*
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2008, between Superior Bancorp and Rick D. Gardner, filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-26*
  Amendment to Third Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan of The Banc Corporation, filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-27*
  Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2006, between The Banc Corporation and James Mailon Kent, Jr., field as Exhibit 10.27 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-28*
  Amendment to Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2008, between Superior Bancorp and James Mailon Kent, Jr., filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Superior Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-29
  Exchange Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2009, by and among Superior Bancorp, Superior Capital Trust II and The United States Department of the Treasury.
(10)-30
  Exchange Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of January 15, 2010, by and among Superior Bancorp, Superior Holdings, LLC, and Cambridge Savings bank.
(10)-31
  Exchange Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of January 15, 2010, by and among Superior Bancorp, Superior Holdings, LLC, and KBW, Inc.
(21)
  Subsidiaries of Superior Bancorp.
(23)
  Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP.
(31)
  Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
(32)
  Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
(99)
  Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 5221
 
 
Compensatory plan or arrangement
 
(c) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
The Financial Statement Schedules required to be filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed under “Financial Statement Schedules” in Part IV, Item 15(a)(2) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and are incorporated herein by reference.

163


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
SUPERIOR BANCORP
 
  By 
/s/  C. Stanley Bailey
C. Stanley Bailey
Chief Executive Officer
 
March 11, 2010
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints C. Stanley Bailey and James A. White, and each of them, the true and lawful agents and his attorneys-in-fact with full power and authority in either of said agents and attorneys-in-fact, acting singly, to sign for the undersigned as Director or an officer of the Corporation, or as both, the Corporation’s 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to sign any amendment or amendments to such Annual Report, including an Annual Report pursuant to 11-K to be filed as an amendment to the Form 10-K; hereby ratifying and confirming all acts taken by such agents and attorneys-in-fact as herein authorized.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  C. Stanley Bailey
C. Stanley Bailey
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  James A. White
James A. White
 
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer)
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  James C. Gossett

James C. Gossett
 
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal
Accounting Officer)
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  Roger Barker

Roger Barker
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  Thomas E. Dobbs, Jr.

Thomas E. Dobbs, Jr.
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  K. Earl Durden

K. Earl Durden
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  Rick D. Gardner

Rick D. Gardner
 
Director and Vice Chairman
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  Thomas E. Jernigan, Jr.

Thomas E. Jernigan, Jr.
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  James Mailon Kent, Jr.

James Mailon Kent, Jr.
 
Director
  March 11, 2010


164


Table of Contents

         
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Mark A. Lee

Mark A. Lee
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  Peter L. Lowe

Peter L. Lowe
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  John C. Metz

John C. Metz
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  D. Dewey Mitchell

D. Dewey Mitchell
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  Robert R. Parrish, Jr.

Robert R. Parrish, Jr.
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  Charles W. Roberts, III

Charles W. Roberts, III
 
Director
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  C. Marvin Scott

C. Marvin Scott
 
Director and Vice Chairman
  March 11, 2010
         
/s/  James C. White, Sr.

James C. White, Sr.
 
Director
  March 11, 2010


165